WO2015113287A1 - 一种数据传输方法、设备和系统 - Google Patents

一种数据传输方法、设备和系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015113287A1
WO2015113287A1 PCT/CN2014/071817 CN2014071817W WO2015113287A1 WO 2015113287 A1 WO2015113287 A1 WO 2015113287A1 CN 2014071817 W CN2014071817 W CN 2014071817W WO 2015113287 A1 WO2015113287 A1 WO 2015113287A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
data block
harq
data
feedback
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/071817
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杨安全
吴建明
王崇泉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP14881261.3A priority Critical patent/EP3094130A4/en
Priority to CN201480000556.9A priority patent/CN104170306B/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2014/071817 priority patent/WO2015113287A1/zh
Publication of WO2015113287A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015113287A1/zh
Priority to US15/221,983 priority patent/US10075264B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1896ARQ related signaling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1874Buffer management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/27Control channels or signalling for resource management between access points
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a data transmission method, device and system for carrier aggregation.
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • HetNet Heterogeneous Network
  • the network side of HetNet may include: a core network, a transport network, and a base station, and user equipments that communicate with the network include UEs (User Equipment) with CA capability and UEs without CA capability.
  • UEs User Equipment
  • the EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • the secondary base occupies the PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel) and the PDCCH (Packet Data Control Channel) resources, and requests the primary base station to send data to the UE.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PDCCH Packet Data Control Channel
  • the secondary base station After receiving the data block sent by the primary base station, the secondary base station determines the identifier of the PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control CHannel) code channel resource, and the secondary base station sends the identifier of the PUCCH code channel resource to the primary The base station sends the identifier of the data block and the PUCCH code channel resource to the UE, and the UE sends the feedback of the data block on the corresponding PUCCH code channel resource according to the identifier of the PUCCH code channel resource, and the primary base station can according to the PUCCH code channel. The resource identifier is fed back after receiving feedback on the corresponding PUCCH code channel. Demodulation.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control CHannel
  • the feedback obtained by the demodulation may include NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) and ACK (Acknowledgement), and the secondary base station needs to perform HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) retransmission on the data corresponding to the NACK. .
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgement
  • ACK Acknowledgement
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, apparatus, and system that can improve data transmission efficiency.
  • a data transmission method including:
  • the second base station sends a second data block to the user equipment UE by using the HARQ process in the idle state in the second HARQ buffer;
  • the first HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer are different HARQ buffers set in the second base station.
  • a base station where two different hybrid automatic retransmission request HARQ buffers are set in the base station: a first HARQ buffer and a second HARQ buffer, and the base station further includes:
  • a determining unit configured to determine that all states of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer are occupied states
  • a sending unit configured to send the second data block to the user equipment UE by using a HARQ process in an idle state in the second HARQ buffer.
  • a base station comprising: a bus, and a memory and a processor coupled to the bus; wherein the memory is for storing computer instructions; the processor executing the computer instructions for:
  • the first HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer are different HARQ buffers set in the base station.
  • a data transmission system comprising: the base station described in the second aspect.
  • a data transmission system comprising: the base station according to the third aspect.
  • the present invention provides a data transmission method, apparatus and system for increasing the number of HARQ buffers by setting a first HARQ buffer and a second HARQ buffer at a second base station, in the first HARQ buffer.
  • the HARQ process in the idle state of the second HARQ buffer is used to transmit the second data block, which reduces the stoppage phenomenon during the data transmission process, and thus stops. Delay, thus improving data transmission efficiency.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention
  • 4 is a schematic diagram of another data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a data transmission method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a secondary base station requesting a third base station according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a method for a primary base station to actively allocate an identifier of a third PUCCH code channel resource to a secondary base station according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention
  • 10 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another base station structure according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention
  • FIG. 23 is a base station according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention
  • 35 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 16 of the present invention
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 17 of the present invention
  • a base structure of this embodiment provides a schematic nineteen
  • FIG 38 a schematic view of another embodiment of a base station configuration of the embodiment of the present invention to provide nineteen
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to Embodiment 19 of the present invention
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to Embodiment 20 of the present invention.
  • a CA is a technology that aggregates two or more carrier elements together to support a larger transmission bandwidth.
  • the primary base station and the secondary base station are relative concepts, and are distinguished by specific UEs.
  • the primary base station is a base station working on the primary carrier, that is, the primary base station serves the primary carrier of the UE, and the UE is The base station performs an initial connection establishment process or starts a connection re-establishment process.
  • the secondary base station is a base station that operates on the secondary carrier, that is, the secondary base occupies the secondary carrier of the UE. Once the RRC (Radio Resource Control) connection is established, the secondary base station may be configured to provide additional Wireless resources.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a plurality of communication systems and scenarios.
  • the primary base station may be a macro base station
  • the secondary base station may be a base station
  • the communication system may be a 3GPP R10 (3rd Generation Partnership Project Release 10)
  • the third generation partner program version 10) corresponds to the system.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, where the method is applicable to a communication system including a first base station, a second base station, and a UE, where the first base station and the second base station can provide services for the UE.
  • the following is an example in which the first base station is the primary base station of the UE, and the second base station is the secondary base station of the UE.
  • the method can include the following steps:
  • Step 101 At a first moment, the secondary base station sends an identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the primary base station, so that the primary base station determines to pass the first PUCCH code channel resource. Receiving feedback for the first data block sent by the user equipment UE.
  • Step 1 02 The second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block to the UE.
  • Step 1 0 The secondary base station receives the feedback from the primary base station, where the feedback is received by the primary base station from the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the second time is after the first time, and the interval T between the second time and the first time is greater than or equal to one-way between the secondary base station and the primary base station.
  • the transmission delay is t, the secondary base station serves the secondary carrier of the UE, and the primary base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the one-way transmission delay t between the secondary base station and the primary base station satisfies the following formula:
  • t l is the theoretical transmission delay between the primary base station and the secondary base station
  • A is a constant for adjusting the t l
  • B is an offset constant of the t l .
  • the primary base station since the secondary base station sends the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource to the primary base station at the first moment, the primary base station receives the first PUCCH code channel resource at the intermediate moment between the first time and the second time.
  • the identifier ensures that, at the second moment, that is, when the secondary base station sends the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource and the first data block to the UE, the primary base station has acquired the solution for the feedback of the first data block. Based on the adjustment, the primary base station can perform timely demodulation and forwarding of feedback, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the secondary base station determines X, where X is the number of the first data block, and the secondary base station receives and caches the The service sent by the primary base station; before the second time, the secondary base station acquires the X first data blocks from the cached service.
  • the secondary base station acquires the X first data blocks from the cached service, or the secondary base station sends the X to the primary base station;
  • the first condition may include: the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of other UEs accessing the secondary base station. Further, the first condition may further include: the priority of the service is higher than a priority of a message sent by the secondary base station to the other UE accessing the secondary base station.
  • the method further includes: before the first moment, the secondary base station determines X, where X is the number of the first data block; At the moment, the secondary base station sends the X to the primary base station; before the second time, the secondary base station receives the X first data blocks sent by the primary base station.
  • the secondary base station may perform different subsequent processing according to the feedback received in step 1300, which is exemplified below.
  • the method further includes: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, the secondary base station retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes the first data block corresponding to the NACK a data block; the secondary base station determines whether the retransmission fails; if the secondary base station determines that the retransmission fails, the secondary base station sends information indicating that the retransmission fails to the primary base station, and the And retransmitting the sequence number corresponding to the data, where the information indicating that the retransmission fails is used to trigger the primary base station to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE.
  • the method further includes: the secondary base station adopts an automatic retransmission request ARQ mode to be heavy And transmitting the data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the method further includes: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and the first HARQ buffer The state of all the HARQ processes in the state is an occupied state, and the secondary base station uses the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer to retransmit the retransmission data to the UE, where the retransmission data includes the A data block corresponding to the NACK in a data block.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer may correspond to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • a HARQ process with a process number y in the first HARQ buffer is used to send the The first data block is sent to the UE, and the secondary base station retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE by using the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer, and includes the following two possible implementation manners:
  • the first type if the state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer is an occupied state, the secondary base station retransmits the heavy weight by using other processes in the second HARQ buffer. Transmitting data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, where the other process and the HARQ process number y in the second HARQ buffer are The process is a different process, and the state is an idle state, and the NDI value is different from the last time the secondary base station sends the NDI value to the UE.
  • the secondary base station uses the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer. Transmitting the retransmitted data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, and the NDI value and the NDI sent by the secondary base station to the UE last time The values are the same.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, where the method is applicable to a communication system including a first base station, a second base station, and a UE, where the first base station and the second base station can provide services for the UE.
  • the following is an example in which the first base station is the primary base station of the UE, and the second base station is the secondary base station of the UE.
  • the method can include the following steps:
  • Step 201 The primary base station receives an identifier of the PUCCH code channel resource sent by the secondary base station at the first moment.
  • Step 202 The primary base station receives the feedback sent by the user equipment UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource, where the feedback is feedback of the first data block sent by the UE to the secondary base station at the second moment.
  • Step 203 The primary base station sends the feedback to the secondary base station.
  • the second time is after the first time, and the interval T between the second time and the first time is greater than or equal to one-way between the secondary base station and the primary base station.
  • the transmission delay is t, the secondary base station serves the secondary carrier of the UE, and the primary base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the one-way transmission delay t between the secondary base station and the primary base station satisfies the following formula:
  • t l is the theoretical transmission delay between the primary base station and the secondary base station
  • A is a constant for adjusting the t l
  • B is an offset constant of the t l .
  • the primary base station receives the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource before the second time, and ensures that the second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the UE at the second time.
  • the primary base station has obtained the demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the primary base station can perform timely demodulation and forwarding of the feedback, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the primary base station, an identifier of a first physical uplink control channel PUCC H code channel resource that is sent by the secondary base station at the first time;
  • the first PUCCH code channel resource receives feedback sent by the user equipment UE, and the feedback is feedback of the first data block sent by the UE to the secondary base station at a second moment;
  • the primary base station sends the feedback Giving the secondary base station; wherein, the second time is after the first time, and an interval T between the second time and the first time is greater than or equal to the secondary base station and the primary base station
  • the primary inter-station unidirectional transmission delay t the secondary base station serves the secondary carrier of the UE, and the primary base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the method may further include: the primary base station receiving a service bearer setup request sent by the UE or the gateway, where the service bearer setup request is used to request to establish the UE and the a service bearer between the gateway and the primary base station; the primary base station establishes a first radio link control layer RLC layer logical channel and a second An RLC layer logical channel, the first RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the primary base station and the UE, and the second RLC layer logical channel is used between the primary base station and the secondary base station transmission.
  • the method may further include: the primary base station receiving the service sent by the gateway; before the first time, the primary base station, the service type of the service is non-delay sensitive data Sending to the secondary base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel, or the primary base station receiving the X sent by the secondary base station at the first moment, where the X is the secondary base station at a second time
  • the number of the first data blocks sent by the UE before the second time, the primary base station acquires X first data blocks in the service whose service type is non-delay sensitive data in the service, and passes the The second RLC layer logical channel sends the X first data blocks to the secondary base station.
  • the method further includes: the primary base station receiving the service sent by the gateway; the primary base station determining a second PUCCH code channel resource, where the second PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE.
  • the primary base station sends feedback for the second data block; the primary base station sends the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block to the UE by using the first RLC layer logical channel.
  • the second data block is a data block corresponding to the service whose service type is delay-sensitive in the service.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the primary base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails by the secondary base station And the sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data, where the information indicating that the retransmission fails is that the secondary base station sends a NACK after the feedback, and the secondary base station fails to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE, The primary base station retransmits the retransmission data to the UE, and the retransmission data is a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the establishment of the service bearer may be triggered by the UE or the gateway of the EPC network, where the service bearer is a service bearer between the UE, the gateway and the primary base station, and then performed on the corresponding service bearer.
  • the UE when the UE is called, the UE triggers the establishment of the service bearer.
  • the UE when the UE needs to download data, the UE triggers the establishment of the service bearer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is described by taking the establishment of a UE triggered service bearer as an example.
  • the second time is after the first time
  • the interval T between the second time and the first time is greater than or equal to one station between the secondary base station and the primary base station.
  • the unidirectional transmission delay t the secondary base station serves the secondary carrier of the UE
  • the primary base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the unit of t can be ms.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes: Step 3G1: A UE sends a service bearer setup request to a primary base station.
  • the service bearer setup request is used to request to establish a service bearer between the UE, the gateway, and the primary base station.
  • the process of establishing the service bearer is the same as the prior art, and the present invention does not describe the same.
  • Step 302 The primary base station establishes a first radio link control layer RLC (Radio Link Control) logical channel and a second RLC layer logical channel.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • the first RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the primary base station and the UE, and the second RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
  • Wireless communication systems such as LTE (Long Term Evolution) include the RLC layer.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the RLC layer is located above the MAC (Medium/Media Access Control) layer to ensure the sequential delivery of business data.
  • the RLC layer logical channel (also referred to as RLC logical channel for short) is located at the RLC layer, and is used for service transmission, connection control, flow control, and the like.
  • the function of the RLC layer is implemented by an RLC instance deployed on the base station.
  • Step 303 The primary base station receives the service sent by the gateway.
  • the service received by the primary base station is sent by the gateway of the EPC network, and the service type of the service may include at least one of a non-delay sensitive data service and a delay sensitive data service.
  • Non-delay-sensitive data services refer to data services that do not require high latency, such as data download services.
  • Delay-sensitive data services refer to real-time services such as signaling services and voice services. Small package business.
  • the primary base station may determine the service type of the service by using at least one of a QCI (QoS Class Identifier) type, a service feature, a delay parameter, and the like. For a specific method, refer to the prior art, where QCI It is a method for distinguishing service types in a standard protocol.
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the service features include data volume.
  • the coding characteristics of the size and the data, etc., the delay parameter may be a PDB (Packet Delay Budget).
  • Step 304 The primary base station sends, by the primary base station, the service whose service type is non-delay sensitive data to the secondary base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • Step 305 The secondary base station caches the service.
  • the secondary base station may cache the service locally.
  • the service sent by the primary base station is a non-delay sensitive data service.
  • the RLC instance of the data service is deployed on the primary base station.
  • the secondary base station requests the primary base station to send data blocks to the UE, and the secondary base station receives the data block sent by the primary base station. After sending the data block to the UE, so The UE needs to wait at least between the secondary base station and the primary base station for one-way transmission delay (or between the time when one base station transmits information to another base station and the time when the other base station receives the information) The length of time) in order to receive the data block.
  • an RLC proxy module may be set on the secondary base station, where the RLC proxy module is configured to cache the service sent by the primary base station through the RLC layer logical channel, so as to be scheduled in the UE.
  • the secondary base station acquires a data block in the service buffered by the RLC proxy module to send to the UE.
  • the secondary base station does not need to temporarily request a data block from the primary base station, and obtains a data block that needs to be sent to the UE from the buffer to transmit, which reduces UE waiting time and improves data transmission efficiency.
  • Step 306 At the first moment, the secondary base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the primary base station.
  • the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource is determined by the secondary base station before the first time. For example, before the first moment, the secondary base station determines X, where X is the number of the first data block, and then the secondary base station determines the identifier of the corresponding first PUCCH code channel resource according to X. For example, the X is 1 or 2.
  • the secondary base station may predict, according to the transmission mode configuration of the UE, the RANK (rank indication) value, the amount of data to be transmitted of the service, and the average throughput rate of the secondary base station itself.
  • the secondary base station will send several data blocks to the UE, and the data block is also called a TB (Transmission Block).
  • the RANK value is used to indicate the number of valid data layers of the PDSCH.
  • the predicted number of data blocks is the number. The number of data blocks x .
  • the preset number of PUCCH code channel resources is configured according to a preset standard, and is the same as the standard of the PUCCH code channel resource configured by the primary base station for the UE, for example, the preset number Is 4.
  • the number of PUCCH code channel resources (also referred to as the number of code channels) included in the first PUCCH code channel resource is equal to the number of the first data block.
  • the determined number of the first PUCCH code channel resources may be X.
  • the secondary base station selects X PUCCH code channel resources in the preset number of PUCCH code channel resources, and obtains the The identifier of the X PUCCH code channel resources is used as the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • Step 307 The second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block to the UE.
  • the secondary base station may acquire the X first data blocks from the cached service.
  • the secondary base station acquires the X first data blocks from the cached service, or the secondary base station sends the X to the primary base station;
  • the first condition includes: the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of other UEs accessing the secondary base station.
  • the first condition further includes: the priority of the service is higher than a priority of a message sent by the secondary base station to the UE that accesses the secondary base station.
  • the priority of the service is lower than that sent by the secondary base station to the other secondary access base station.
  • the priority of the message of the UE the secondary base station does not perform acquisition of the X first data blocks until the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of other UEs accessing the secondary base station, and the service
  • the priority of the secondary base station is higher than the priority of the message sent by the secondary base station to the UE that accesses the secondary base station, the X first data blocks are obtained from the cached service.
  • the message with a higher priority such as the system message and the paging message of the UE that accesses the secondary base station is preferentially sent, and the message with higher priority is avoided. Due to the occupancy of the channel resources by the UE The transmission is blocked.
  • the secondary base station may send the first PUCCH code channel resource and the X first data blocks by scheduling a PDCCH resource and a PDSCH resource.
  • the PDCCH resource carries the DCI (downlink control information), and includes the resource allocation and other control information on the user equipment.
  • the PDCCH resource may carry the The first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the PDSCH resource is used to carry data from the DSCH (Downlink Shared Channel), and the PDSCH resource may carry the x first data blocks.
  • the secondary base station transmits the first PUCCH code channel resource and the X pieces of the first data block to the UE through an air interface.
  • Step 308 The primary base station receives the feedback sent by the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the UE may send, by using the first PUCCH code channel resource, the Feedback from a block of data.
  • the primary base station receives the feedback sent by the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the rule that the UE sends the feedback corresponds to the rule that the primary base station performs the information analysis, so as to ensure that the sender and the receiver have the same understanding of the information. Since the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource may include the identifiers of the multiple PUCCH code channel resources, the UE sends different signals on the PUCCH code channel resources indicated by the different identifiers, indicating that each feedback is present by the feedback. The identifier of the PUCCH channel resource of the signal and the type of the signal are determined.
  • the rules for sending the feedback by the UE and the rules for parsing the information by the primary base station may be multiple.
  • the transmission condition when the PUCCH code channel resource is 1 is indicated.
  • (PUCCH, 0) indicates the identity of the first PUCCH code channel resource
  • (PUCCH, 1) indicates the identity of the second PUCCH code channel resource
  • HARQ-ACK (0) indicates the first data block
  • HARQ- ACK ( 1 ) Represents the second block of data.
  • the DTX (Discontinuous Transmission) in Table 1 indicates that the secondary base station only transmits the PDCCH resource to the UE, but does not send the PDSCH resource, resulting in no data transmission on the corresponding PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the embodiment of the present invention assumes that the secondary base station simultaneously transmits the PDCCH resource and the PDSCH resource to the UE. Therefore, the DTX response is not involved in this embodiment.
  • the primary base station scans each PUCCH code channel resource; if the scan obtains the signal in the first PUCCH code channel resource, parses the signal in the first code channel resource to obtain feedback of the first data block.
  • the rules for the information analysis by the primary base station correspond to the rules for the UE to send feedback. For details, refer to the above example. The above description of the feedback is only a schematic description, and may be preset according to specific conditions in practical applications.
  • Step 309 The primary base station sends feedback to the secondary base station for the first data block.
  • there may be multiple feedbacks of the UE received by the primary base station including feedback of the data block sent by the UE to the UE by the primary base station, and feedback of the first data block, which may be received by the primary base station.
  • the feedback of the data block sent by the primary base station to the UE is excluded, and the remaining feedback is used as feedback for the first data block, and is sent to the secondary base station.
  • Step 310 The secondary base station performs data processing on the feedback for the first data block.
  • the secondary base station determines whether the NACK is included in the feedback, and if the feedback includes a NACK, the secondary base station may The data is retransmitted to the UE.
  • the secondary base station may retransmit the first retransmission data to the UE by using a HARQ manner, where the first retransmission data includes the first data block and the The data block corresponding to the NACK.
  • the first retransmission data may be a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the secondary base station may determine whether the retransmission fails; if the secondary base station determines that the retransmission fails, the secondary base station sends, to the primary base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails and The SN (Sequence Number) corresponding to the first retransmission data, so that the primary base station retransmits the first retransmission data to the UE, and the information indicating that the retransmission fails is used to trigger the
  • the primary base station retransmits the first retransmission data to the UE, and the primary base station may query the primary base station to obtain the corresponding first retransmission data according to the SN, and retransmit the same to the UE by using the ARQ retransmission mode.
  • the primary base station performs the retransmission of the first retransmission data to ensure that the first retransmission data is effectively sent to the UE, and the data transmission failure rate is reduced.
  • the secondary base station may periodically detect whether the feedback sent by the primary base station is received. For example, if the length of one period is a preset period, if the secondary base station receives the feedback from the primary base station in the preset time period, and the feedback includes a NACK, the secondary base station may also use an ARQ.
  • the method of retransmitting the second retransmission data to the UE, the second retransmission data packet is performed by the method (automatic retransmission request)
  • the data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block may further include a data block corresponding to the NACK in other feedbacks of the UE in the preset time period.
  • ARQ is a cyclic retransmission mode
  • the number of stops can be reduced and the data transmission efficiency can be improved.
  • the preset time period is 4 HARQ RTT (Round-Trip Time) time
  • 1 HARQ RTT time is 8 ms
  • the preset time period is 32 ms
  • the secondary base station can detect at 32 ms. If the feedback information is received within the preset time period, if the NACK is detected in the feedback information, the present invention assumes that there are 4 NACKs, and the secondary base station associates the 4 NACKs by the ARQ method.
  • the data is resent to the UE.
  • the first base station may be configured with a first HARQ buffer and a second HARQ buffer; if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and all HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer The state is an occupied state, and the secondary base station uses the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer to retransmit the third retransmission data to the UE, where the third retransmission data includes the first data.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer, and is assumed to be in the first HARQ buffer.
  • the HARQ process with the process number y is used to send the first data block to the UE, and the embodiment includes the following two possible implementations.
  • the first type if the state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer is an occupied state, the secondary base station retransmits the first by using another process in the second HARQ buffer. Transmitting data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, where the process ID of the other process and the second HARQ buffer is y.
  • the HARQ process is a different process, and the state is an idle state, and the NDI value is different from the NDI value sent by the secondary base station to the UE last time; or
  • the secondary base station uses the process number in the second HARQ buffer as The HARQ process of y retransmits the third retransmission data to the UE, and sends a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, the ND I value and the secondary base station The ND I value sent to the UE last time is the same.
  • the first data block is obtained by the secondary base station in the buffer when scheduling the UE.
  • the secondary base station sends the first PUCCH code to the primary base station.
  • the identifier of the channel resource there is an inter-station unidirectional transmission delay t
  • the second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the UE and the first
  • the minimum interval between the first time and the second time is a one-way transmission delay t between the secondary base station and the primary base station, and then the first data block is scheduled by the secondary base station.
  • the interval T between the second moment and the first moment is t.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for a secondary base station to request a first data block from a primary base station when scheduling a UE, as shown in FIG. 4, which includes:
  • Step 4 01. The secondary base station determines x.
  • the X is the number of the first data blocks.
  • Step 4 02 The first base station sends the X to the primary base station at the first moment.
  • the secondary base station When the first condition is met, the secondary base station sends the X to the primary base station; where the first condition includes: the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of other UEs accessing the secondary base station .
  • the first condition further includes: the priority of the service is higher than a priority of a message sent by the secondary base station to the UE that accesses the secondary base station.
  • Step 4 The primary base station sends, by the primary base station, the service of the service type that is non-delay sensitive data to the secondary base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • the primary base station may acquire X first data blocks in the service whose service type is non-delay sensitive data, and pass the foregoing
  • the two RLC layer logical channels send the X first data blocks to the secondary base station.
  • step 4 02 is performed simultaneously with step 306, and step 403 is after step 306.
  • the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource in the step X 02 and the step 306 is carried in the same message, and is sent by the secondary base station to the primary base station.
  • the secondary base station sends the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource to the primary base station, and the secondary base station sends the X to the primary base station in step 403, and there is a station-to-station single The transmission delay is performed.
  • the primary base station sends, by the primary base station, the service whose service type is non-delay sensitive data to the secondary base station through the second RLC layer logical channel, and another primary station exists.
  • the unidirectional transmission delay in step 307, the second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource and the first data block to the UE at the second moment,
  • the minimum interval of the second time is 2 t transmission delay between the secondary base station and the primary base station, and when the first data block is requested by the secondary base station to the primary base station when the secondary base station is scheduling the UE,
  • the interval T between the second moment and the first moment in the foregoing step is 2 t, that is, the interval at which the secondary base station requests the data block from the primary base station to transmit the data block to the UE is 2 t.
  • the secondary base station requests the primary base station to send the data block to the primary base station, and the primary base station sends the data block to the secondary base station, and then the secondary base station sends the identifier of the PUCCH code channel resource to the primary base station, and waits for the primary base station to receive the data.
  • the identifier of the PUCCH code channel resource is sent to the UE
  • the identifier of the PUCCH code channel resource and the data block are sent to the UE to ensure that the primary base station obtains the identifier of the PUCCH code channel resource before the UE, as shown in the above existing process.
  • the interval at which the secondary base station requests the data block from the primary base station to send the data block to the UE is 3 t. Therefore, by using the data transmission method of the present invention, the above delay can be effectively reduced, and the data transmission efficiency is effectively improved. Rate.
  • the primary base station may perform other processes in parallel with the foregoing process.
  • the primary base station may receive the service sent by the gateway, and determine the second PUCCH code. a second PUCCH code channel resource, where the second PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for the second data block to the primary base station; and the primary base station sends the message to the UE by using the first RLC layer logical channel.
  • the primary base station may send different data blocks of the service data of the same service type to the secondary base station and the UE, and the data block sent to the secondary base station is sent to the UE by the secondary base station. Due to the transmission delay between the primary base station and the secondary base station, the sequence number of the data block may be disordered.
  • the two RLC layer logical channels are established, and the corresponding service type is differentiated, so that services of different service types are effectively offloaded, and data blocks of the same service type are sent only through the same RLC layer logical channel. The serial number of the data block is avoided, and the timeliness of the service is improved.
  • the sending, by the primary base station, the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block to the UE by using the first RLC layer logical channel may be performed simultaneously, that is, at the second moment
  • the second base station and the secondary base station simultaneously send data blocks to the UE, so that carrier aggregation of the primary base station and the secondary base station can be implemented, and the peak throughput rate of the data transmission system is improved.
  • the primary base station receives the first time at the first time and the second time, because the secondary base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the primary base station at the first time.
  • the identifier of a PUCCH code channel resource ensures that, when the second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block to the UE, the primary base station has acquired the first data block.
  • the demodulation basis of the feedback enables the primary base station to perform timely demodulation and forwarding of feedback, thereby improving Data transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, where the method is applicable to a communication system including a first base station, a second base station, and a UE, where the first base station and the second base station can provide services for the UE.
  • the following is an example in which the first base station is the primary base station of the UE, and the second base station is the secondary base station of the UE.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 501 The secondary base station sends the first information to the primary base station, so that the primary base station determines the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks.
  • the first information includes the number x of the first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resources, the number X of the first data block sent by the secondary base station to the user equipment UE, and the first channel code. a code of the first PUCCH code channel, where the first PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback to the primary data base station, where the first channel codeword is X. Channel codewords corresponding to the first data block.
  • the sending, by the secondary base station, the first information to the primary base station includes: when the secondary base station determines that the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of the other UEs that access the secondary base station, the secondary base station Sending the first information to the primary base station.
  • Step 502 The secondary base station receives an identifier of X first PUCCH code channel resources and X first data blocks sent by the primary base station.
  • Step 503 The secondary base station sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the UE.
  • Step 5G4 The secondary base station receives the feedback from the primary base station, where the feedback is received by the primary base station from the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the secondary base station serves a secondary carrier of the UE
  • the primary base station serves a primary carrier of the UE
  • the primary base station determines the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources, and the secondary base station sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks.
  • the primary base station receives the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block, the primary base station has obtained the demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the primary base station can perform the The timely demodulation and forwarding of feedback improves the efficiency of data transmission.
  • the method may further include: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, the secondary base station retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes the NACK in the X data blocks Corresponding data block; the secondary base station determines whether the retransmission fails; if the secondary base station determines that the retransmission fails, the secondary base station sends, to the primary base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails and The sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data is used to trigger the retransmission of the retransmission data to the UE by the primary base station.
  • the method may further include: the secondary base station adopting an automatic retransmission request ARQ The method retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X data blocks.
  • the method may further include: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and The state of all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer is an occupied state, and the secondary base station uses the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE, where The retransmission data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X data blocks.
  • the secondary base station uses the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer. Retransmitting the retransmitted data to the UE includes the following two possible implementations.
  • the first type if the process number of the second HARQ buffer is y, the HARQ process The state is an occupied state, and the secondary base station retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE by using another process in the second HARQ buffer, and sends a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling is performed.
  • the authorization message carries an ND I value, where the other process is different from the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer, and the state is an idle state, and the ND I value and the secondary base station are The ND I value sent to the UE last time is different.
  • the secondary base station uses the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer. Transmitting the retransmitted data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, and the ND I value is sent to the UE by the secondary base station
  • the ND I values are the same.
  • the method further includes: the secondary base station sends the second information to the primary base station, where the second information includes the number m of the third PUCCH code channel resources, and the auxiliary And one of the number m of data blocks and the second channel codeword of the retransmission data sent by the base station to the UE, so that the primary base station allocates the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource to the secondary base station.
  • the second PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for retransmission data to the primary base station, where the second channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the data block of the retransmitted data;
  • the secondary base station receives the identifiers of the m third PUCCH code channel resources that are sent by the primary base station; the secondary base station sends the identifiers of the m third PUCC H code channel resources to the UE; Receiving feedback for the retransmission data from the primary base station, the feedback for the retransmission data is received by the primary base station from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the feedback includes a NACK
  • the receiving, by the secondary base station, the feedback from the primary base station includes: the secondary base station receiving the feedback and the third PUCC H code channel resource from the primary base station And the third PUCC H code resource is used by the UE to send feedback to the primary base station for the retransmission data
  • the method further includes: sending, by the secondary base station, the UE Describe the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource;
  • the secondary base station receives feedback for the retransmission data from the primary base station, and the feedback of the retransmission data is received by the primary base station from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, where the method is applicable to a communication system including a first base station, a second base station, and a UE, where the first base station and the second base station can provide services for the UE.
  • the following is an example in which the first base station is the primary base station of the UE, and the second base station is the secondary base station of the UE.
  • the method can include the following steps:
  • Step 601 The primary base station receives the first information sent by the secondary base station.
  • the first information includes the number x of the first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resources, the number X of the first data block sent by the secondary base station to the user equipment UE, and the first channel code.
  • PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback to the primary base station for the first data block
  • the first channel codeword is X first data
  • Step 602 The primary base station sends, to the secondary base station, an identifier of X first PUCCH code channel resources and X first data blocks, so that the secondary base station sends the X first PUCCH codes to the UE.
  • Step 603 The primary base station receives the feedback sent by the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • Step 604 The primary base station sends the feedback to the secondary base station.
  • the secondary base station serves a secondary carrier of the UE
  • the primary base station serves a primary carrier of the UE
  • the primary base station determines the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources, and the secondary base station sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the UE, and the primary base station receives the identifier.
  • the primary base station has obtained the demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, The main base station enables timely demodulation and forwarding of feedback, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the method further includes: the primary base station receiving a service bearer setup request sent by the UE or the gateway, the service bearer setup request And configured to request to establish a service bearer between the UE, the gateway, and the primary base station; the primary base station establishes a first radio link control RLC layer logical channel and a second RLC layer logical channel, where the first RLC is The layer logical channel is used for transmission between the primary base station and the UE, and the second RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the method may further include: the primary base station receiving the service sent by the network; the primary base station acquiring the X first data in a service in which the service type is non-delay sensitive data in the service Blocking, and determining an identifier of the X first PUCCH code channel resources; the primary base station transmitting, to the secondary base station, an identifier of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks includes: the primary base station And sending the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the secondary base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • the method further includes: the primary base station receiving the service sent by the gateway; the primary base station determining an identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource, where the second PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE.
  • the primary base station sends feedback for the second data block; the primary base station sends the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block to the UE by using the first RLC layer logical channel.
  • the second data block is a data block corresponding to the service whose service type is delay-sensitive in the service.
  • the method further includes: the primary base station receiving the And the information indicating the retransmission failure and the sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data, where the information indicating that the retransmission fails is that the secondary base station includes a NACK in the feedback, and the secondary base station adds the weight Transmitting data to the UE After the failure is sent to the primary base station; the primary base station retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE, and the retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X first data blocks.
  • the method further includes: the primary base station receiving the secondary base station to send The second information, where the second information includes the number m of the third PUCCH code channel resources, the number m of data blocks of the retransmission data sent by the secondary base station to the UE, and the second channel codeword
  • the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for retransmission data to the primary base station, where the second channel codeword is a channel corresponding to the data block of the retransmitted data.
  • the retransmission data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X first data blocks
  • the primary base station sends, to the secondary base station, identifiers of the m third PUCCH code channel resources,
  • the secondary base station sends an identifier of the m third PUCCH code channel resources to the UE, where the primary base station receives feedback for the retransmitted data from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource. ; the primary base station will target Feedback retransmission data is transmitted to the secondary station.
  • the sending, by the primary base station, the feedback to the secondary base station includes: sending, by the primary base station, the feedback and the third PUCCH to the secondary base station An identifier of the code channel resource, where the secondary base station sends the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the UE, where the third PUCC H code channel resource is used by the UE to send the weight to the primary base station
  • the retransmission data includes the data block corresponding to the NACK in the X first data blocks, and is sent by the secondary base station to the UE; the method further includes: the primary base station passes The third PUCCH code channel resource receives feedback for the retransmission data from the UE; the primary base station sends feedback of the retransmission data to the secondary base station.
  • the establishment of the service bearer may be triggered by the UE or the gateway of the EPC network, where the service bearer is the UE, the gateway, and the primary base station.
  • the service between the two is carried, and then the service is transmitted on the corresponding service bearer.
  • the gateway triggers the establishment of the service bearer; for example, when the UE needs to download the data.
  • the UE triggers the establishment of a service bearer.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is described by taking the establishment of a UE triggered service bearer as an example.
  • the secondary base station serves the secondary carrier of the UE
  • the primary base station serves the primary carrier of the UE, as shown in FIG.
  • Step 7G1 The UE sends a service bearer setup request to the primary base station.
  • the service bearer setup request is used to request to establish a service bearer between the UE, the gateway, and the primary base station.
  • the process of establishing the service bearer is the same as the prior art, and the present invention does not describe the same.
  • Step 702 The primary base station establishes a first RLC layer logical channel and a second RLC layer logical channel according to the service bearer setup request.
  • the first RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the primary base station and the UE, and the second RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • Wireless communication systems such as GPRS, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA or LTE all include an RLC layer.
  • the RLC layer is located above the MAC layer to ensure in-order delivery of business data.
  • the RLC layer logical channel is located at the RLC layer, and is used for service transmission, connection control, flow control, and the like.
  • the functionality of the RLC layer is implemented by RLC instances deployed on the base station.
  • Step 703 The primary base station receives the service sent by the gateway.
  • the service received by the primary base station is sent by the gateway of the EPC network, and the service type of the service may include at least one of a non-delay sensitive data service and a delay sensitive data service.
  • Non-delay-sensitive data services refer to data services that do not require high latency, such as data download services; delay-sensitive data services, which refer to high latency requirements.
  • Real-time packet services such as signaling services and voice services.
  • the primary base station can pass
  • the service type of the service is determined by using at least one of a QoS Class Identifier (QoS Class Identifier) type, a service feature, a delay parameter, and the like.
  • QoS Class Identifier QoS Class Identifier
  • the specific method may refer to the prior art, where the QCI is in a standard protocol.
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the service characteristics include data size and data.
  • the delay parameter may be a PDB.
  • Step 704 The secondary base station sends the first information to the primary base station, where the first information includes the number of the first PUCCH code channel resources, and the first data block sent by the secondary base station to the user equipment UE. One of the number X and the first channel codeword.
  • the first PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for the first data block to the primary base station, where the first channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the X first data blocks.
  • the first information may be separately sent by the secondary base station to the primary base station, or may be carried in the resource request of the secondary base station to the primary base station.
  • the secondary base station may determine X, for example, the X is 1 or 2.
  • the secondary base station may predict the first mode according to the transmission mode configuration, the RANK (rank indication) value of the UE, the data volume to be transmitted of the service, and the average throughput rate of the secondary base station itself.
  • the secondary base station will send several data blocks to the UE, and the data block is also called TB, where the RANK value
  • the number of data blocks predicted by the secondary base station is the number x of the first data block.
  • the number of PUCCH code channel resources (also referred to as the number of code channels) included in the first PUCCH code channel resource is equal to the number of the first data block. Therefore, since the secondary base station has determined the number X of the first data block, the corresponding number of the first PUCCH code channel resources may be determined to be x. In particular, the number of data blocks X and code words also exist - right Should be related, for example, when the number of data blocks is 1, corresponding to a single codeword, when the number of data blocks is 2, corresponding to double codewords.
  • the first information sent by the secondary base station to the primary base station is the number x of the first PUCCH code channel resource, and the first data block sent by the secondary base station to the user equipment UE any of a number X and a first channel code word, so that the primary base station can determine the number of first PUCCH resource the secondary code channel number and base station needs to first data block, so that the The primary base station (see step 705 below) allocates a first PUCCH code channel resource and a first data block to the secondary base station.
  • the secondary base station when the first condition is met, sends the first information to the primary base station, where the first condition includes: the priority of the UE is higher than other access stations.
  • the priority of the UE of the secondary base station is described.
  • the first condition may further include: the priority of the service is higher than a priority of a message sent by the secondary base station to the other UEs that access the secondary base station.
  • the priority of the service is lower than that sent by the secondary base station to the other secondary access base station.
  • the priority of the message of the UE the secondary base station does not send the first information to the primary base station until the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of other UEs accessing the secondary base station, and the priority of the service
  • the first information is sent to the primary base station, so that the primary base station is configured according to the first information.
  • the secondary base station allocates identifiers of X first PUCCH code channel resources and X first data blocks.
  • the message with the higher priority such as the system message and the paging message, of the UE that accesses the secondary base station is preferentially sent, and the message with higher priority is avoided.
  • the transmission is blocked due to the occupancy of the channel resources by the UE.
  • Step 705 The primary base station determines, for the secondary base station, an identifier of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and X first data blocks.
  • the first information includes the number x of the first PUCCH code channel resources, and the auxiliary a number of the first data block X and a first channel codeword sent by the base station to the user equipment UE, and when the first information includes the number X of the first PUCCH code channel resources, the primary base station
  • the number of the first data block may be determined to be X; when the first information includes the number X of the first data block, the primary base station may determine that the number of the first PUCC H code channel resources is X;
  • the first information includes a first channel codeword, and the primary base station determines the number of the first data block according to the first channel codeword, and then determines the number of the first PUCCH code channel resource according to the number of the first data block. For example, if the first channel codeword included in the first information is a single codeword, the primary base station determines that the number of the first data block is 1, and the number of the first PUCCH code channel resources is also 1.
  • the primary base station may acquire the X first data blocks in a service whose service type is non-delay sensitive data, and determine an identifier of the X first PUCCH code channel resources, where the determining station
  • the identifier of the X first PUCC H code channel resources may be an action of allocating the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource.
  • the primary base station configures a preset number of PUCCH code channel resources for the UE, and the preset number of PUCCH code channel resources are configured according to preset standards, and The standard of the PUCCH code channel resource configured by the base station is the same.
  • the preset number is 4.
  • the number of PUCC H code channels (also referred to as the number of code channels) included in the first PUCCH code channel resource is equal to the number of the first data block.
  • the determined number of the first PUCCH code channel resources may be X.
  • the primary base station selects X PUCCH code channel resources in the preset number of PUCC H code channel resources, and obtains The identifier of the X PUCCH code channel resources is used as an identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • Step 7 06 The primary base station sends, to the secondary base station, an identifier of X first PUCC H code channel resources and X first data blocks.
  • the primary base station sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the secondary base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • Step 7 07 The secondary base station sends the identifiers of the X first PUCC H code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the UE.
  • the secondary base station may send the first PUCCH code channel resource and the X first data blocks by scheduling a PDCCH resource and a PDSCH resource.
  • the PDCCH resource carries DC I, and includes resource allocation and other control information on one or more user equipments.
  • the PDCCH resource may carry the first PUCC H code channel resource.
  • the PDSC H resource is used to carry data from the transport channel DSCH, and the PD SCH resource may carry the X first data blocks.
  • the secondary base station transmits the first PUCCH code channel resource and the X pieces of the first data block to the UE through an air interface.
  • Step 7 08 The primary base station receives the feedback sent by the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the UE may send, by using the first PUCCH code channel resource, the Feedback from a block of data.
  • the primary base station receives the feedback sent by the UE by using the first PUCC H code channel resource.
  • the rule that the UE sends the feedback corresponds to the rule that the primary base station performs the information analysis, so as to ensure that the sender and the receiver have the same understanding of the information. Since the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource may include the identifiers of the multiple PUCCH code channel resources, the UE sends different signals on the PUCCH code channel resources indicated by the different identifiers to indicate different feedback, that is, each feedback is performed by In the embodiment of the present invention, the rules for sending feedback by the UE and the rules for performing information parsing by the primary base station may be various in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the PUCCH code channel resource is 1, the (PUCCH, 0) indicates the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource, and (PUCCH, 1) indicates the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource, HARQ-ACK (0) )
  • the first data block, HARQ-ACK ( 1 ) represents the second data block.
  • the UE transmits a signal "1, 1" on the second PUCCH code channel resource (PUCCH, 1), it indicates that the first data block corresponds to an ACK response, and the second data block corresponds to an ACK response.
  • the signal "1, 1" is transmitted on the first PUCCH code channel resource (PUCCH, 0)
  • the second data block corresponds to the NACK response
  • the UE is in the second
  • the PUCCH code channel resource (PUCCH, 1) transmits a signal "0, 0" indicating that the first data block corresponds to a NACK response, and the second data block corresponds to an ACK response
  • the upper transmit signal "0, 0" indicates that the first data block corresponds to a NACK response, and the second data block corresponds to a NACK response.
  • the DTX (Discontinuous Transmission) in Table 1 indicates that the secondary base station only transmits the PDCCH resource to the UE, but does not transmit the PDSCH resource, resulting in no data transmission on the corresponding PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the embodiment of the invention assumes that the secondary base station simultaneously transmits the PDCCH resource and the PDSCH resource to the UE. Therefore, the DTX response is not involved in this embodiment.
  • the primary base station scans each PUCCH code channel resource; if the scan obtains the signal in the first PUCCH code channel resource, parses the signal in the first code channel resource to obtain feedback of the first data block.
  • the rules for the information analysis by the primary base station correspond to the rules for the UE to send feedback. For details, refer to the above example.
  • the above representation of the feedback is only a schematic description, and the actual application can be preset according to the specific situation.
  • Step 709 The primary base station sends feedback to the secondary base station for the first data block.
  • there may be multiple feedbacks of the UE received by the primary base station including the feedback that the UE sends directly to the primary base station (that is, the sending process does not include forwarding of other devices) to the data block of the UE, and also includes
  • the primary base station may exclude feedback of the data block directly sent by the primary base station to the UE in the received feedback, and use the remaining feedback as feedback for the first data block, and send the feedback to the secondary base station.
  • Step 710 The secondary base station performs processing according to feedback for the first data block. For example, the secondary base station receives feedback of the first data block sent by the primary base station Then, it is determined whether the NACK is included in the feedback. If the feedback includes a NACK, the secondary base station may retransmit the first retransmission data to the UE. For example, the secondary base station may retransmit the first retransmission data to the UE by using a HARQ manner, where the first retransmission data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the first retransmission data may be a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the secondary base station may further determine whether the retransmission fails; if the secondary base station determines that the retransmission fails, the secondary base station sends, to the primary base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails and a sequence number (SN) corresponding to the first retransmission data, so that the primary base station retransmits the first retransmission data to the UE, and the information indicating that the retransmission fails is used to trigger the primary base station Retransmitting the first retransmission data to the UE, so that after the first retransmission of the secondary base station fails, the primary base station performs retransmission of the first retransmission data to ensure the first retransmission data. Effectively sent to the UE, reducing the transmission failure rate of data.
  • SN sequence number
  • the secondary base station may periodically detect whether the feedback sent by the primary base station is received. For example, if the length of one period is a preset period, if the secondary base station receives the feedback from the primary base station in the preset time period, and the feedback includes a NACK, the secondary base station may also use an ARQ.
  • the method of retransmitting the second retransmission data to the UE, where the second retransmission data may include the data corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the block may further include a data block corresponding to the NACK in other feedbacks of the UE in the preset time period.
  • ARQ is a periodic retransmission mode
  • the secondary base station uses the ARQ mode, the number of stops can be reduced and the data transmission efficiency can be improved. For example, if the preset time period is 4 HARQ RTT times, 1 HARQ RTT time is 8 ms, and the preset time period is 32 ms, the secondary base station can detect whether feedback information is received within 32 ms; The feedback information is received in the preset time period, and the NACK is detected in the feedback information.
  • the present invention assumes that there are four NACKs, and the secondary base station retransmits the data corresponding to the four NACKs to the UE by using the ARQ method.
  • the secondary base station may be configured with a first HARQ buffer and a second HARQ buffer. If the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and the states of all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer are occupied, the secondary base station uses the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer to be the first The triple-transmitted data is retransmitted to the UE, and the third retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer, and is assumed to be in the first HARQ buffer.
  • the HARQ process with the process number y is used to send the first data block to the UE, and the embodiment includes the following two possible implementations.
  • the first type if the state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer is an occupied state, the secondary base station retransmits the first by using another process in the second HARQ buffer. Transmitting data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, where the process ID of the other process and the second HARQ buffer is The HARQ process of y is a different process, and the state is an idle state, and the ND I value is different from the ND I value sent by the secondary base station to the UE last time.
  • the secondary base station uses the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer. Transmitting the third retransmission data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, where the ND I value is sent to the secondary base station The ND I value of the UE is the same.
  • the secondary base station passes different parties. Obtaining an identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource, where the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for the retransmission data to the primary base station.
  • the secondary base station requests the primary base station to identify the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource; for example, the primary base station actively allocates the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the secondary base station.
  • the method for the secondary base station to request the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource from the primary base station includes:
  • the secondary base station sends the second information to the primary base station.
  • the second information is generated after the secondary base station receives the feedback, and the second information includes the number m of the third PUCCH code channel resource and the retransmission data sent by the secondary base station to the UE.
  • One of the number of data blocks m and the second channel codeword, the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for retransmission data to the primary base station, the second channel code
  • the word is a channel codeword corresponding to the data block of the retransmitted data.
  • the number of the PUCCH code channel resources included in the third PUCCH code channel resource is equal to the number of data blocks of the retransmitted data. Therefore, since the secondary base station has determined the number m of data blocks for retransmitting data, Correspondingly, the number of the third PUCCH code channel resources can be determined to be m. In particular, the number m of the data block and the code word also exist - the corresponding relationship, for example, when the number of data blocks is 1, corresponding to a single code word, when the number of data blocks is 2, corresponding to the double code word .
  • the second information may trigger the primary base station to allocate a third PUCCH code channel resource to the secondary base station (step 7112), so the second information may be used to request a PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the primary base station sends, to the secondary base station, identifiers of m third PUCCH code channel resources.
  • the primary base station determines, according to the second information, m third PUCCH code channel resources allocated to the secondary base station, and then sends the m third PUCCH codes to the secondary base station.
  • the identification of the channel resource For example, if the second information includes the number m of the third PUCC H code channel resources, the primary base station may directly determine that the number of the third PUCCH code channel resources is m.
  • the primary base station may determine that the number of the first PUCCH code channel resources is the same as the number of the data blocks of the retransmitted data, That is m.
  • the primary base station determines that the number of data blocks of the retransmitted data is 2, and if the second channel codeword is For a single codeword, the primary base station determines that the number of data blocks of the retransmitted data is 1, and then the primary base station determines the number of the third PUCC H code channel resources to be the same as the number of data blocks of the retransmitted data.
  • the primary base station configures a preset number of PUCCH code channel resources for the UE, and the preset number of PUCCH code channel resources are configured according to a preset standard, and the secondary base station is configured for the UE.
  • the standard of the PUCCH code channel resource is the same, and the primary base station may configure m third PUCCH code channel resources for the secondary base station, that is, select m PUCCH code channel resources in the preset number of PUCCH code channel resources, and obtain the The identifiers of the m PUCH H code channel resources are used as identifiers of the third PUCCH code channel resources, and then the identifiers of the m third PUCCH code channel resources are sent to the secondary base station.
  • the secondary base station sends an identifier of the m third PUCCH code channel resources to the UE.
  • the primary base station receives feedback for the retransmitted data from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the feedback process can refer to step 7 08 above.
  • the primary base station sends feedback for the retransmission data to the secondary base station.
  • the method for the primary base station to actively allocate the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the secondary base station includes:
  • the primary base station sends, to the secondary base station, identifiers of the m third PUCCH code channel resources.
  • the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for the retransmission data to the primary base station.
  • the primary base station may exclude feedback of the data block sent by the primary base station to the UE in the received feedback, use the remaining feedback as feedback for the first data block, and then determine the first data. Whether the feedback of the block has a NACK, if there is a NACK, allocates a third PUCCH code channel resource for the data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block, that is, the retransmission data.
  • the step 810 is performed simultaneously with the step 7 08, that is, when the primary base station sends the feedback for the first data block, the identifier of the third PUCC H code channel resource is simultaneously sent, without waiting for the occurrence of other triggers. Go to step 8 01. This can effectively reduce the number of transmissions and delays between stations.
  • the secondary base station sends the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the UE.
  • the primary base station receives feedback for the retransmitted data from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the feedback process can refer to step 7 08 above.
  • the primary base station sends feedback for the retransmission data to the secondary base station.
  • the primary base station may receive the service sent by the gateway, and determine a second PUCCH code channel resource, where the second PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to the primary Sending, by the base station, feedback for the second data block, the primary base station sending the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block to the UE by using the first RLC layer logical channel, where the second The data block is a data block corresponding to the service whose service type is delay-sensitive in the service.
  • the primary base station may send different data blocks of the service data of the same service type to the secondary base station and the UE, and the data block sent to the secondary base station is sent to the UE by the secondary base station. Due to the transmission delay between the primary base station and the secondary base station, the sequence number of the data block may be disordered.
  • the two RLC layer logical channels are established, and the corresponding service type is differentiated, so that the services of different service types are effectively offloaded, and the data blocks of the same service type are sent only through the same RLC layer logical channel, thereby avoiding the disorder of the data block number. Improve the timeliness of the business.
  • the sending, by the primary base station, the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block to the UE by using the first RLC layer logical channel may be performed simultaneously with step 7 07, so that the primary base station Simultaneously sending the data block to the UE at the same time as the secondary base station, the carrier aggregation of the primary base station and the secondary base station can be implemented, and the peak throughput rate of the data transmission system is improved.
  • the primary base station determines the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources, and the secondary base station sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the UE.
  • the primary base station receives the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block, the primary base station has obtained the demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the primary base station can perform feedback in time. Demodulation and forwarding, which improves data transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, where the method is applicable to a communication system including a first base station and a UE, where the first base station provides a service for the UE. Further, the method is also applicable to a scenario in which the first base station and the second base station serve the UE at the same time.
  • the first embodiment to the sixth embodiment provide an example in which the method is applied to a CA scenario, where the first base station is used.
  • the primary base station of the UE, the second base station is a secondary base station of the UE.
  • the method includes the following steps: Step 9 01: The second base station determines that all states of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer are occupied.
  • Step 902 The second base station sends the second data block to the user equipment UE by using the idle state HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the first HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer are different HARQ buffers set in the second base station.
  • Each of the HARQ buffers is provided with a preset number of HARQ processes, and the number of HARQ processes of one HARQ buffer is equal to the number of TTI (Transmission Time Interval).
  • the second data block is transmitted by using the HARQ process in the idle state of the second HARQ buffer, thereby reducing the stoppage phenomenon during the data transmission process, thereby stopping the generated delay, thereby improving the data transmission efficiency.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the method further includes: the second base station adopting a process ID in the first HARQ buffer Sending the first data block to the UE for the HARQ process of y.
  • the method further includes: the second base station receiving the UE for the The feedback of the first data block is described. If the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, the second data block is a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block; or, if the feedback includes a positive acknowledgement ACK, the second data block is A different data block from the first data block.
  • Transmitting, by the HARQ process, the second data block to the UE includes: sending, by the second base station, a second data block to the UE by using a HARQ process with a process number y in the second HARQ buffer, and sending the second data block to the UE Sending a downlink scheduling grant message, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, and the NDI value is the same as the NDI value sent by the second base station to the UE last time.
  • the method further includes: The second base station determines that the second data block fails to be sent by using the idle state HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer; the second base station sends information indicating the failure to the first base station and the second data block Corresponding sequence number, the information indicating the failure is used to trigger the first base station to retransmit the second data block to the UE, where the second base station serves a secondary carrier of the UE, The first base station serves a primary carrier of the UE.
  • the receiving, by the second base station, the feedback of the UE for the first data block includes: the second base station receiving the feedback from a first base station, where the feedback is the UE Transmitting, by the second base station, the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the first base station by using a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resource; Or the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource is received by the second base station from the first base station after requesting the first base station to allocate a PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the eighth embodiment will be further described below by taking the eighth embodiment as an example.
  • This embodiment can be supplemented with the above-mentioned first embodiment to sixth embodiment. It can be understood that, when the embodiment is applicable to the CA scenario, the second base station may serve the secondary carrier of the UE, and the first base station may serve the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a data transmission method. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1001 The second base station sends the first data block to the UE by using a HARQ process with a process number y in the first HARQ buffer.
  • Step 1002 The second base station receives feedback of the UE for the first data block.
  • the second base station receives the feedback from the first base station, where the feedback is
  • the UE sends the first PUCCH code channel resource to the first base station.
  • the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource is determined by the second base station and sent to the first base station and the UE, or the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource is
  • the second base station receives from the first base station after requesting the first base station to allocate PUCCH code channel resources.
  • Step 1 003 The second base station determines a second data block.
  • the second data block can be divided into two types, namely, new data and retransmitted data, where the new data is the data transmitted to the UE for the first time, and the data is retransmitted for the second time or the second time. Data transmitted to the UE.
  • the second data block is retransmitted data;
  • the feedback includes an acknowledgement ACK, and the second data block is a different data block from the first data block.
  • the second data block is newly transmitted data.
  • the data that needs to be transmitted to the UE may be buffered in the RLC layer of the first base station or the second base station, where the priority of the UE is greater than the priority of other UEs accessing the second base station.
  • the second base station acquires the second data in the service buffered by the local RLC layer or the service buffered in the RLC layer of the first base station, the second data is new data; after the data is first transmitted to the UE, the The data is buffered at the MAC layer of the first base station or the second base station, and the second base station receives the feedback sent by the first base station.
  • the data corresponding to the NACK is acquired by the MAC layer as the retransmission. data. Therefore, if the second data acquired by the second base station is from the RLC layer, the data is new data, and if the second data acquired by the second base station is from the MAC layer, the data is retransmitted data.
  • Step 1 004 The second base station determines that states of all HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer are occupied.
  • the state of the HARQ process of the HARQ buffer can usually be divided into There are two types, one is idle state, that is, it is not occupied by data; the other is occupied state, that is, the HARQ buffer uses the HARQ process for data transmission, the HARQ process is occupied by data, and waits for corresponding feedback information. .
  • each HARQ process can transmit 2 data blocks.
  • Step 1005 The second base station sends a second data block to the user equipment UE by using a HARQ process in an idle state in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the first HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer are different HARQ buffers set in the second base station, and optionally, the process of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer
  • the number corresponds to the process number of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the second base station uses a process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the HARQ process of the y sends a second data block to the UE, and sends a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, and the NDI value is sent last time with the second base station.
  • the NDI (New Data Index) value to the UE is the same.
  • the second base station uses the second HARQ buffer.
  • the other process in the process retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE, and sends a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, where the process ID of the other process is not y.
  • the state is an idle state, and the NDI value is different from an NDI value that is sent by the second base station to the UE last time.
  • the NDI value is used to indicate whether the transmitted data is newly transmitted data. If the NDI value is the same as the NDI value sent by the second base station to the UE last time, the current transmission data is indicated as retransmitted data, if the NDI is The value is different from the NDI value sent by the second base station to the UE last time, indicating that the current transmission data is new transmission data, and the UE determines, according to the received NDI value, whether the corresponding second data block is new transmission data.
  • the second base station retransmits the heavy weight by using other processes in the second HARQ buffer Transmitting data to the UE, although the second base station side actually performs retransmission of the second data block, that is, the second base station can determine that the second data block is retransmitted data, but the second base station is in the downlink.
  • the scheduling grant message carries a new ND I value, and after receiving the ND I value, the UE determines that the second data block is new data, and processes the second data block by using a new data processing manner.
  • Q and 1 are used to identify whether the transmitted data is new data. For example, if the currently received ND I value is 0, the ND I value sent by the second base station to the UE last time is 0. The UE considers that the currently received data is retransmitted data. If the ND I value sent by the second base station to the UE last time is 1, the UE considers that the currently received data is new transmission data.
  • Step 1 006 The second base station determines that the HARQ process in the idle state in the second HARQ buffer fails to send the second data block.
  • Step 1 007 The second base station sends, to the first base station, information indicating the failure and an SN corresponding to the second data block, where the information indicating the failure is used to trigger the first base station Retransmitting the second data block to the UE.
  • Step 1 008 The first base station retransmits the second data block to the UE.
  • the first base station may query the first base station to obtain the corresponding first retransmission data according to the sequence number (SN) corresponding to the second data block, and retransmit the data to the UE by using the ARQ retransmission mode. After the first retransmission of the second base station fails, the first base station performs the retransmission of the first retransmission data, so that the first retransmission data is effectively sent to the UE, and the data transmission failure rate is reduced. .
  • SN sequence number
  • the second base station may further set a HARQ buffer different from the first and second HARQ buffers as the standby HARQ buffer, when the status of all the HARQ processes in the first and second HARQ buffers are For the occupancy state, the second data block is sent to the UE by the HARQ process in the idle state in the alternate HARQ buffer.
  • the sequence of the data transmission method steps provided in this embodiment may be appropriately adjusted, and the steps may also be correspondingly increased or decreased according to the situation.
  • the specific steps may also be adjusted in combination with the steps in the foregoing embodiment and the seventh embodiment. Any person skilled in the art can easily conceive changes in the scope of the present invention within the scope of the present invention, and therefore will not be described again.
  • the HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer increase the number of HARQ buffers.
  • the second HARQ buffer is used.
  • the idle HARQ process performs the second data block transmission, which reduces the stoppage phenomenon during the data transmission process, thereby stopping the generated delay, thereby improving the data transmission efficiency.
  • the present invention also provides an apparatus and system for implementing the data transmission method provided by the above embodiments, which are exemplified below.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 01, as shown in FIG. 12, and includes a sending unit 01 1 and a receiving unit 01 2 , where:
  • the sending unit 01 1 is configured to send, by the first base station, an identifier of a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resource to the first base station, so that the first base station determines to pass the first PUCC H code channel.
  • the resource receives feedback sent by the user equipment UE for the first data block;
  • the sending unit 01 1 is further configured to send the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block to the UE at the second moment;
  • the receiving unit 01 2 is configured to receive the feedback from the first base station, where the feedback is received by the first base station from the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource;
  • the second time after the first time, and the interval T between the second time and the first time is greater than or equal to the base station 01 and the first base station
  • the delay t of one transmission is performed, the base station 01 serves the secondary carrier of the UE, and the first base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the base station 01 may further include:
  • a determining unit 013 configured to determine X, the X is the number of the first data block, and the receiving unit 012 is further configured to receive and buffer, send, by the first base station, before the first time Business;
  • the obtaining unit 014 is configured to acquire the X first data blocks from the cached service before the second moment.
  • the base station 01 may include:
  • Determining unit 013 is configured to determine X, where X is the number of the first data block, before the first time; the sending unit 011 is further configured to: at the first time, to the first The base station sends the X; the receiving unit 012 is further configured to receive the X first data blocks sent by the first base station before the second moment.
  • the acquiring unit 014 is configured to obtain the X first data blocks from the cached service, or the sending unit 011 sends the first base station to the first base station.
  • the first condition includes: the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of other UEs accessing the base station 01.
  • the first condition may further include: the priority of the service is higher than a priority of a message sent by the base station 01 to the UE that accesses the base station 01.
  • the one-way transmission delay t between the base station 01 and the first base station satisfies the following formula:
  • tl is a theoretical transmission delay between the first base station and the base station 01
  • the A is a constant for adjusting the t1
  • the B is an offset constant of the t1.
  • the base station 01 may further include:
  • the first retransmission unit 015 is configured to retransmit the retransmission data to the UE when the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, where the retransmission data includes the first data block and the a data block corresponding to the NACK;
  • the determining unit 016 is configured to determine whether the retransmission fails
  • the indicating unit 017 is configured to, when the determining unit 016 determines that the retransmission fails, send, to the first base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails and a sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data, where the indication is The information about the retransmission failure is used to trigger the first base station to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE.
  • the base station 01 may further include:
  • the second retransmission unit 018 is configured to: when the feedback is received from the first base station in a preset time period, and the feedback includes a NACK, retransmit the retransmission data to the The UE, the retransmission data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the base station 01 further includes a first HARQ buffer 0191 and a second HARQ buffer 0192, and a third retransmission unit 019.
  • the base station 01 may further include:
  • the third retransmission unit 019 is configured to: when the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and the states of all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer 0191 are occupied, use the second HARQ buffer
  • the HARQ process in 0192 retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE, and the retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the process number of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer 0191 corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer 0192.
  • the third retransmission unit 019 may be specifically used to:
  • the state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer 0192 is the occupied state, re-transmit the other process in the second HARQ buffer 0192. Transmitting the data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, where the process ID of the other process and the second HARQ buffer is y
  • the HARQ process is a different process, and the state is an idle state, and the NDI value is different from the NDI value sent by the base station to the UE last time; or, if the process number is y in the second HARQ buffer 0192
  • the state of the HARQ process is an idle state, and the retransmission data is retransmitted to the UE by the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer 0192, and the downlink scheduling grant message is sent to the UE.
  • the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, where
  • the sending unit sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the first base station at the first moment
  • the first base station receives the first PUCCH code channel at the intermediate moment between the first time and the second time.
  • the identifier of the resource ensures that, at the second moment, that is, when the base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block to the UE, the first base station has acquired the solution for the feedback of the first data block. Based on the adjustment, the first base station can perform timely demodulation and forwarding of feedback, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 02, as shown in FIG. 18, including a receiving unit 022 and a sending unit 021, where:
  • the receiving unit 021 is configured to receive an identifier of a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resource that is sent by the second base station at the first time;
  • the receiving unit 022 is further configured to receive, by using the first PUCCH code channel resource, feedback sent by the user equipment UE, where the feedback is the first data block that is sent by the UE to the second base station at a second moment.
  • Feedback is the first data block that is sent by the UE to the second base station at a second moment.
  • the sending unit 021 is configured to send the feedback to the second base station, where the second moment is after the first moment, and the interval between the second moment and the first moment is T is greater than or equal to between the second base station and the base station 02 A delay t of one transmission is performed, the second base station serves a secondary carrier of the UE, and the base station 02 serves a primary carrier of the UE.
  • the receiving unit 02 1 is further configured to: before the first moment, receive a service bearer setup request sent by the UE or the gateway, where the service bearer setup request is used to request to establish the UE and the Describe the service bearer of the gateway and the base station 02;
  • the base station 02 may further include:
  • a channel establishing unit 02 3 configured to establish a first radio link control layer RLC layer logical channel and a second RLC layer logical channel, where the first RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the base station and the UE, The second RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the base station and the second base station.
  • the receiving unit 02 1 is further configured to receive a service that is sent by the gateway, where the sending unit 022 is further configured to: before the first time, The service of the non-time delay sensitive data is sent to the second base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • the receiving unit 02 1 is further configured to receive an X sent by the second base station at the first moment, where the X is sent by the second base station to the UE at a second moment.
  • the number of data blocks is as shown in FIG.
  • the base station 02 may further include: an obtaining unit 024, configured to: before the second time, the service type in the service is non-delay sensitive data Obtaining X first data blocks in the service, and sending, by the sending unit 022, the X first data blocks to the second base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • an obtaining unit 024 configured to: before the second time, the service type in the service is non-delay sensitive data Obtaining X first data blocks in the service, and sending, by the sending unit 022, the X first data blocks to the second base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • the receiving unit 02 1 is further configured to receive the service sent by the gateway; and, as shown in FIG. 21, the base station 02 further includes: a determining unit 02 5, configured to determine a second PUCCH code channel resource, where the second PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback to the base station 02 for the second data block; the sending unit 02 2 is further configured to pass the first RLC layer logic The channel sends the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block to the UE, where the second data block is a data block corresponding to a service whose service type is delay-sensitive in the service.
  • the one-way transmission delay t between the second base station and the base station satisfies the following formula:
  • tl is the theoretical transmission delay between the base station 02 and the second base station
  • the A is a constant for adjusting the t1
  • the B is an offset constant of the t1.
  • the receiving unit 021 is further configured to: after the base station 02 sends the feedback to the second base station, receive, by the second base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails. And a sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data, where the information indicating that the retransmission fails is that the second base station includes a NACK in the feedback, and the second base station fails to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE And then sent to the base station G2.
  • the base station 02 further includes: a retransmission unit 026, configured to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data is And a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the receiving unit receives the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource before the second time, and ensures that when the second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block to the UE at the second moment, The base station has obtained the demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the base station can perform timely demodulation and forwarding of the feedback, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides another base station 03, as shown in FIG. 23, including: a bus 031, and a memory 033 and a processor 034 connected to the bus 031.
  • the base station 03 further includes a communication interface 032 connected to the bus 031 for communicating with other network elements.
  • the processor 034 performs operations including sending and receiving through the communication interface 032.
  • the memory 033 is configured to store a computer instruction 0331; the processor 034 executes the computer 0331 instruction for:
  • the second time is after the first time, and the interval T between the second time and the first time is greater than or equal to a transmission between the base station 03 and the first base station.
  • the executing, by the processor 034, the computer instruction 0331 is further configured to: before the first time, determine X, where X is the number of the first data block, and receive and cache the Determining, by the first base station, the X first data blocks from the cached service; or
  • the X is the number of the first data block; at the first moment, sending the X to the first base station; before the second moment And receiving the X first data blocks sent by the first base station.
  • the processor 034 is configured to execute, by using the computer 0331, an instruction, when the first condition is met, acquiring the X first data blocks from the cached service, or, to the first base station Sending the X;
  • the first condition includes: the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of other UEs accessing the base station 03.
  • the first condition further includes: the priority of the service is higher than a priority of the message sent by the base station 03 to the UE that accesses the base station 03.
  • the one-way transmission delay t between the base station and the first base station satisfies the following formula:
  • tl is the theoretical transmission delay between the first base station and the base station 03
  • the A is a constant for adjusting the t1
  • the B is a bias constant of the t1.
  • the executing, by the processor 034, the computer 03 3 instruction is further configured to: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes the a data block corresponding to the NACK in a data block;
  • the first base station retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE.
  • the processor 034 executes the computer instruction 0 3 31 for: if the base station 03 receives the feedback from the first base station within a preset time period, and the feedback includes a NACK, then And retransmitting the retransmitted data to the UE by using an automatic retransmission request ARQ manner, where the retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the base station 03 further includes: a first HARQ buffer and a second HARQ buffer; for example, the memory further includes a first HARQ buffer and a second HARQ buffer.
  • the processor 034 executes the computer instruction 0 3 31 for: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and the states of all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer are occupied, And retransmitting the retransmitted data to the UE by using a HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer, where the retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the processor 034 executes the computer instruction G 3 31 for:
  • the state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer is an occupied state, retransmitting the retransmitted data by using another process in the second HARQ buffer And sending, to the UE, a downlink scheduling grant message, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, where the other process and the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer For different processes, and the state is an idle state, the ND I value is different from the ND I value sent by the base station to the UE last time; or
  • the UE sends a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, and the ND I value is the same as the ND I value sent by the base station to the UE last time.
  • the processor sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the first base station at the first moment
  • the first base station receives the first PUCCH code channel at an intermediate moment between the first time and the second time.
  • the identifier of the resource ensures that, at the second moment, that is, when the base station sends the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource and the first data block to the UE, the first base station has acquired feedback for the first data block.
  • the demodulation basis enables the first base station to perform timely demodulation and forwarding of feedback, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 04, as shown in FIG. 24, comprising: a bus 04 1 , and a memory 04 3 and a processor 044 connected to the bus 04 1 .
  • the base station 04 further includes a communication interface 042 connected to the bus 04 1 for communicating with other network elements.
  • the processor 044 performs operations including sending and receiving through the communication interface 042. .
  • the memory 04 3 is used to store a computer instruction 04 31 ; the processor 04 3 executes the computer instruction 04 31 for:
  • the second base station serves the secondary carrier of the UE, and the base station 04 serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the processor 04 executes the computer instruction 0431, further configured to: before the first moment, receive a service bearer setup request sent by the UE or the gateway, where the service bearer setup request is used to request to establish The service bearer of the UE, the gateway, and the base station 04;
  • first radio link control layer RLC layer logical channel Establishing a first radio link control layer RLC layer logical channel and a second RLC layer logical channel, where the first RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the base station 04 and the UE, and the second RLC layer logic The channel is used for transmission between the base station 04 and the second base station.
  • the processor 044 executes the computer instruction 0431, further configured to: receive a service sent by the gateway; and, before the first moment, perform a service in which the service type is non-delay sensitive data.
  • the logical channel transmits the X first data blocks to the second base station.
  • the processor 04 executes the computer instruction 0431, further configured to: receive a service sent by the gateway, determine a second PUCCH code channel resource, where the second PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE
  • the base station 04 transmits feedback for the second data block; and sends the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block to the UE by using the first RLC layer logical channel, the second data block For the business class in the business The data block corresponding to the delay-sensitive service.
  • the one-way transmission delay t between the second base station and the base station 04 satisfies the following formula:
  • t l is the theoretical transmission delay between the base station 04 and the second base station
  • the A is a constant for adjusting the t l
  • the B is an offset constant of the t l .
  • the executing, by the processor 04, the computer instruction 04 31 is further configured to: after the base station 04 sends the feedback to the second base station, receive an indication that the retransmission failed by the second base station Information and a sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data, the information indicating that the retransmission failed is that the second base station includes a NACK in the feedback, and the second base station retransmits the retransmission data to the Sent to the base station 04 after the UE fails;
  • the processor receives the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource before the second time, and ensures that the second base station sends the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource to the UE at the second moment.
  • the base station has obtained the demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the base station can perform timely demodulation and forwarding of the feedback, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, including the base station of any of the nineth embodiment, and the base station of any of the tenth embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, including the base station of any of the eleventh embodiments, and the base station of any of the twelfth embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 05, as shown in FIG. 25, including a sending unit 05 1 and a receiving unit 052, where:
  • the sending unit 05 1 is configured to send first information to the first base station, where the first information includes a number x of a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resource, and the base station sends the user equipment to the UE One of the number X of the first data block and the first channel codeword, so that the first base station determines the identifier of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks, where
  • the first PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback to the first base station for the first data block, where the first channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the X first data blocks;
  • the receiving unit 052 is configured to receive the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks sent by the first base station;
  • the sending unit 05 1 is further configured to send, to the UE, an identifier of the X first PUCC H code channel resources and the X first data blocks;
  • the receiving unit 052 is further configured to receive the feedback from the first base station, where the feedback is received by the first base station from the UE by using the first PUCCH code channel resource;
  • the base station 05 serves the secondary carrier of the UE, and the first base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the sending unit 05 1 is specifically configured to: when the base station determines that the priority of the UE is higher than the priority of the UE that accesses the base station, sending, by the first base station, the first information.
  • the base station 05 further includes:
  • the first retransmission unit 05 3 is configured to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, where the retransmitted data includes data corresponding to the NACK in the X data blocks. Piece;
  • a determining unit 054 configured to determine whether the retransmission fails
  • the indicating unit 055 is configured to: if it is determined that the retransmission fails, send, to the first base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails and a sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data, where the indication that the retransmission fails The information is used to trigger the first base station to retransmit the retransmission number According to the UE.
  • the base station 05 further includes:
  • the second retransmission unit 056 is configured to: when the base station receives the feedback from the first base station within a preset time period, and the feedback includes a NACK, retransmit the data by using an automatic retransmission request ARQ method. And being transmitted to the UE, where the retransmission data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X data blocks.
  • the base station 05 further includes a first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ buffer 05 7 , a second HARQ buffer 058 , and a third retransmission unit 059 ;
  • the retransmission unit 059 is configured to: when the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and the states of all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer 05 7 are occupied, use the second HARQ buffer 058
  • the HARQ process in the retransmission data is retransmitted to the UE, where the retransmission data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X data blocks.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer 057 corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer 05 8;
  • the third retransmission unit 059 is specifically configured to: if the second HARQ The state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the buffer 058 is the occupied state, and the retransmission data is retransmitted to the UE by using the other processes in the second HARQ buffer 058, and the UE is sent to the UE.
  • a state the ND I value is different from an ND I value sent by the base station to the UE last time; or
  • the state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer 058 is an idle state, retransmit the retransmission with the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer 05 8 Data to the UE and sending a downlink scheduling grant to the UE
  • the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, and the NDI value is the same as the NDI value sent by the base station to the UE last time.
  • the sending unit 051 is further configured to send the second information to the first base station, where the second information includes a number m of the third PUCCH code channel resource, and the weight sent by the base station to the UE And transmitting, by the first base station, an identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource, where the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the first base station.
  • the UE sends feedback to the first base station for retransmission data, where the second channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the data block of the retransmitted data; correspondingly, the receiving unit 052 is further configured to receive The identifier of the m third PUCCH code channel resources sent by the first base station; the sending unit 051 is further configured to send, to the UE, an identifier of the m third PUCCH code channel resources; the receiving unit 052 is further configured to receive, by the first base station, feedback for the retransmission data, where the feedback for retransmission data is received by the first base station from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource. .
  • the feedback includes a NACK
  • the receiving unit 052 is specifically configured to: receive, by the first base station, the feedback and an identifier of a third PUCCH code channel resource, where the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by The UE sends the feedback to the first base station for the retransmission data; correspondingly, the sending unit 051 is further configured to send the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the UE; the receiving unit 052 And a method for receiving feedback from the first base station for the retransmission data, where the feedback of the retransmission data is received by the first base station from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the first base station determines the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources, and the sending unit sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the UE, where the first base station Upon receiving the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block, the first base station has obtained a demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the first base station can perform timely demodulation of feedback. And forwarding, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • Example fifteen Example fifteen
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 06, as shown in FIG. 29, including a receiving unit 06 1 and a sending unit 062, where:
  • the receiving unit 06 1 is configured to receive first information that is sent by the second base station, where the first information includes a number x of a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resource, and the second base station sends the second base station to the user One of the number X of the first data block and the first channel codeword sent by the UE, where the first PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send the first data block to the base station
  • the first channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the X first data blocks;
  • the sending unit 062 is configured to send, to the second base station, an identifier of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and X first data blocks, so that the second base station sends the X first to the UE.
  • the receiving unit 06 1 is further configured to receive, by using the first PUCCH code channel resource, the feedback sent by the UE;
  • the sending unit 062 is further configured to send the feedback to the second base station, where the second base station serves a secondary carrier of the UE, and the base station 06 serves a primary carrier of the UE.
  • the receiving unit 06 1 is further configured to: before receiving the first information sent by the second base station, receive a service bearer setup request sent by the UE or the gateway, where the service bearer setup request is used to request to establish the The UE, the service bearer between the gateway and the base station; and as shown in FIG. 30, the base station 06 further includes: a channel establishing unit 06 3, configured to establish a first radio link control RLC layer logical channel and a a second RLC layer logical channel, the first RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the base station and the UE, and the second RLC layer logical channel is used between the base station and the second base station transmission.
  • a channel establishing unit 06 3 configured to establish a first radio link control RLC layer logical channel and a a second RLC layer logical channel, the first RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the base station and the UE, and the second RLC layer logical channel is used between the base station and the second base station transmission.
  • the receiving unit 06 1 is further configured to receive the service sent by the gateway, and the base station 06 further includes: an obtaining unit 064, where the service type is Obtaining the X first data in a service without delay sensitive data Blocking, and determining an identifier of the x first PUCC H code channel resources; correspondingly, the sending unit 062 is further configured to send, to the second base station, identifiers and X numbers of X first PUCCH code channel resources a data block includes: the sending unit 062 is further configured to send the identifiers of the Xth PUCH H code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the first logical block through the second RLC layer logical channel Two base stations.
  • the receiving unit 06 1 is further configured to receive the service sent by the gateway; and as shown in FIG. 32, the base station 06 further includes: a determining unit 06 5, configured to determine a second PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the second PUCC H code resource is used by the UE to send feedback to the base station for the second data block.
  • the sending unit 062 is further configured to use the first RLC layer logical channel to The UE sends the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block, where the second data block is a data block corresponding to the service whose service type is delay-sensitive in the service.
  • the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK
  • the receiving unit 06 1 is further configured to receive, by the second base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails, and a sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data, where the information indicating that the retransmission fails is that the second base station includes a NACK in the feedback, and the second base station fails to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE
  • the base station 06 further includes: a retransmission unit 066, configured to retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmission data includes the X Data blocks corresponding to the NACK in the first data block.
  • the feedback includes a NACK
  • the receiving unit 06 1 is further configured to receive second information sent by the second base station, where the second information is And including the third number of the third PUCCH code channel resources, one of the number m of data blocks of the retransmission data sent by the second base station to the UE, and one of the second channel code words, where the third The PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for the retransmission data to the base station, where the second channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the data block of the retransmitted data, where the retransmission data includes Said in the first X data blocks
  • the feedback includes a NACK
  • the sending unit 062 is specifically configured to: send the feedback and the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the second base station, to facilitate the second base station to the UE Sending an identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource, where the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for retransmission data to the base station, where the retransmission data includes the X first data a data block corresponding to the NACK in the block, and sent by the second base station to the UE; correspondingly, the receiving unit 06 1 is further configured to receive, by using the third PUCCH code channel resource, the UE The feedback of the retransmission data is further used by the sending unit 06 2 to send feedback for the retransmission data to the second base station.
  • the receiving unit receives the When the identifier of the first PUCC H code channel resource and the first data block are described, the base station has obtained the demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the base station can perform timely demodulation and forwarding of the feedback, thereby improving the Data transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 07, as shown in FIG. 34, comprising: a bus 07 1 , and a memory 07 3 and a processor 074 connected to the bus 07 1 .
  • the base station 07 further includes a communication interface 072 connected to the bus 07 1 for communicating with other network elements.
  • the processor 074 performs transmission, reception, and the like through the communication interface 07 2 . action.
  • the memory 07 3 is configured to store a computer instruction 07 31; the processor 074 executes the computer instruction 07 31 for:
  • the first base station And transmitting, by the first base station, the first information, where the first information includes a number of the first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resources, and the number of the first data blocks sent by the base station to the user equipment UE One of X and a first channel codeword, so that the first base station determines an identifier of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and X first data blocks, where the first PUCCH code channel resource is used Sending, by the UE, feedback for the first data block to the first base station, where the first channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the X first data blocks;
  • the base station 07 serves the secondary carrier of the UE, and the first base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the executing, by the processor 074, the computer instruction 07 31 is further configured to: when determining that the priority of the UE is higher than a priority of the other UE accessing the base station 07, sending the priority to the first base station The first information.
  • the processor 074 executes the computer instruction 07 31 to: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, retransmit the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes the X data. a data block corresponding to the NACK in the block; determining whether the retransmission fails; if it is determined that the retransmission fails, transmitting, to the first base station, information indicating that the retransmission fails and corresponding to the retransmission data The sequence number indicating the retransmission failure is used to trigger the first base station to retransmit the retransmission data to the UE.
  • the processor 074 executes the computer instruction 07 31 for: if Receiving the feedback from the first base station in a preset time period, and the feedback includes a NACK, and retransmitting the retransmission data to the UE by using an automatic retransmission request ARQ manner, where the retransmission data includes the X A data block corresponding to the NACK in the data block.
  • the base station 07 for example, the memory 07 3, further includes a first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ buffer 07 32 and a second HARQ buffer 07 3 3;
  • the processor 07 31 executes the computer instruction 07 31 for: if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, and the states of all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer 07 32 are occupied,
  • the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer 07 3 3 retransmits the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes the data block corresponding to the NACK in the X data blocks.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer 07 32 corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer 07 3 3; if the first HARQ The HARQ process with the process number y in the buffer 07 32 is used to send the first data block to the UE, and the processor G 74 executes the computer instruction G 7 31 for:
  • the state of the HARQ process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer 07 3 3 is the occupied state, retransmit the retransmitted data by using other processes in the second HARQ buffer 07 3 3 And sending, to the UE, a downlink scheduling grant message, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, where the process ID of the other process and the second HARQ buffer 07 3 3 is y
  • the HARQ process is a different process, and the state is an idle state, and the ND I value is different from the ND I value sent by the base station to the UE last time; or
  • the HARQ process retransmission process with the process number y in the second HARQ buffer 07 3 3 is used. Retransmitting the data to the UE, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, and the ND I value is sent to the ND I that the base station sends to the UE last time.
  • the values are the same.
  • the processor 074 executes the computer instruction 07 31 to: send second information to the first base station, where the second information includes a number m of third PUCCH code channel resources, and the base station And one of the number m of data blocks and the second channel codeword of the retransmission data sent to the UE, so that the first base station determines the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource, the third The PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for the retransmission data to the first base station, where the second channel codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the data block of the retransmitted data; An identifier of the m third PUCCH code channel resources sent by the base station; an identifier of the m third PUCCH code channel resources is sent to the UE; and feedback for the retransmission data is received from the first base station, The feedback for retransmission data is received by the first base station from the UE by using the third PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the feedback includes a NACK
  • the processor 074 executes the computer instruction 07 31 to: receive, by the first base station, the feedback, and an identifier of a third PUCCH code channel resource, where the third The PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback to the first base station for the retransmission data; correspondingly, the processor 074 executes the computer instruction 07 31 is further configured to: send the location to the UE And determining, by the first base station, feedback for the retransmission data, where the feedback of the retransmission data is that the first base station uses the third PUCCH code channel resource to Said UE received.
  • the first base station determines the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources, and the processor sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the UE, where the first base station Upon receiving the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block, the first base station has obtained a demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the first base station can perform timely demodulation of feedback. And forwarding, thereby improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station 08, as shown in FIG. 36, including: a bus 08 1 , And a memory 08 3 and a processor 084 connected to the bus 08 1 .
  • the base station 08 further includes a communication interface 082 connected to the bus 08 1 for communicating with other network elements.
  • the processor 084 performs transmission, reception, and the like through the communication interface 08 2 . action.
  • the memory 08 3 is configured to store computer instructions 08 31; the processor 084 executes the computer instructions 08 31 for:
  • the first information includes the number x of the first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resources, and the first data block sent by the second base station to the user equipment UE
  • the first information includes the number x of the first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resources, and the first data block sent by the second base station to the user equipment UE
  • the codeword is a channel codeword corresponding to the X first data blocks;
  • the second base station serves a secondary carrier of the UE, and the base station 08 serves a primary carrier of the UE.
  • the processor 084 executes the computer instruction 08 3 1 to: receive a service bearer setup request sent by the UE or the gateway, where Determining a service bearer setup request for requesting establishment of a service bearer between the UE and the gateway and the base station; establishing a first radio link control RLC layer logical channel and a second RLC layer logical channel, the first RLC The layer logical channel is used for transmission between the base station and the UE, and the second RLC layer logical channel is used for transmission between the base station and the second base station.
  • the processor 084 executes the computer instruction 08 31 and is further configured to: Receiving the service sent by the gateway; acquiring the X first data blocks in the service whose service type is non-delay sensitive data, and determining the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources; And sending the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the second base station, including: identifying the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks And transmitting to the second base station by using the second RLC layer logical channel.
  • the executing, by the processor 084, the computer instruction 08 31 is further configured to: receive a service sent by the gateway; determine an identifier of a second PUCCH code channel resource, where the second PUCC H code channel resource is used by Transmitting, by the UE, feedback for the second data block to the base station; transmitting, by the first RLC layer logical channel, the identifier of the second PUCCH code channel resource and the second data block, where the The two data blocks are data blocks corresponding to the service type delay-sensitive service in the service.
  • the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK
  • the processor G 84 executes the computer instruction 08 31 to: receive the first The information indicating the retransmission failure and the sequence number corresponding to the retransmission data sent by the second base station, where the information indicating that the retransmission fails is that the second base station includes a NACK in the feedback, and the second base station Retransmitting the retransmitted data to the base station after the failure of the retransmission of the UE; retransmitting the retransmitted data to the UE, where the retransmitted data includes the N first data blocks corresponding to the NACK Data block.
  • the feedback includes a NACK
  • the processor 084 executes the computer instruction G 8 31 to: receive the second The second information sent by the base station, where the second information includes the number m of the third PUCCH code channel resource, the number m of the data blocks of the retransmission data sent by the second base station to the UE, and the second channel code
  • the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for retransmission data to the base station, where the second channel codeword is a data block corresponding to the retransmitted data Channel codeword, the retransmitted data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X first data blocks;
  • the resource receive
  • the feedback includes a NACK
  • the processor 084 executes the computer instruction 08 31 to: send the feedback and the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the second base station, to facilitate the The second base station sends the identifier of the third PUCCH code channel resource to the UE, where the third PUCCH code channel resource is used by the UE to send feedback for retransmission data to the base station, where the retransmission data includes a data block corresponding to the NACK in the X first data blocks, and sent by the second base station to the UE; correspondingly, the processor executing the computer instruction is further configured to: pass the third The PUCCH code channel resource receives feedback for the retransmission data from the UE; and sends feedback for the retransmission data to the second base station.
  • the processor receives the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources, and the processor sends the identifiers of the X first PUCCH code channel resources and the X first data blocks to the UE, where the processor receives The identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource and the first data block, the processor has obtained a demodulation basis for the feedback of the first data block, so that the processor can perform timely demodulation and forwarding of the feedback, thereby Improve data transfer efficiency.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, including the base station of any of the fourteenth embodiments, and the base station of any of the fifteenth embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, including the base station according to any one of the sixteenth embodiments, and the base station according to any one of the seventeenth embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides another base station 09, as shown in FIG. 37, including: a determining unit 09 1 configured to determine a first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ buffer The status of all HARQ processes is occupied.
  • a sending unit 092 configured to: send a second data block to the user equipment UE by using a HARQ process in an idle state in the second HARQ buffer;
  • the first HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer are different HARQ buffers set in the base station.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the sending unit 092 is further configured to: before the base station 09 determines that all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer are in an occupied state, use the process number in the first HARQ buffer as y.
  • the HARQ process sends the first data block to the UE; and as shown in FIG.
  • the base station 09 further includes: a receiving unit 09 3, configured to send the second in the idle state HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer Before the data block is sent to the UE, receiving feedback of the UE for the first data block; wherein, if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, the second data block is in the first data block and a data block corresponding to the NACK; or, if the feedback includes a positive acknowledgement ACK, the second data block is a different data block from the first data block.
  • a receiving unit 09 3 configured to send the second in the idle state HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer Before the data block is sent to the UE, receiving feedback of the UE for the first data block; wherein, if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, the second data block is in the first data block and a data block corresponding to the NACK; or, if the feedback includes a positive acknowledgement ACK, the second data block is a different data block from the first data block.
  • the sending unit 092 is specifically configured to: use the second HARQ buffer
  • the HARQ process with the process ID of y sends a second data block to the UE, and sends a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an ND I value, and the ND I value and the base station
  • the ND I value sent to the UE last time is the same.
  • the base station 09 further includes: a determining unit 094, configured to send the second data block in an idle state HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer After the UE is sent, it is determined that the second data block fails to be sent by the HARQ process in the idle state in the second HARQ buffer; and the indicating unit 09 5 is configured to send the information indicating the failure to the first base station.
  • the second data block Corresponding sequence number, the information indicating the failure is used to trigger the first base station to retransmit the second data block to the UE, where the base station 09 serves the secondary carrier of the UE, where The first base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the receiving unit 093 is specifically configured to: receive the feedback from the first base station, where the feedback is sent by the UE to the first base station by using a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resource.
  • the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource is determined by the base station and sent to the first base station and the UE, or the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource is the base station.
  • the first base station requests to receive the PUCCH code channel resource from the first base station.
  • the transmitting unit uses the HARQ process in the idle state of the second HARQ buffer to transmit the second data block, thereby reducing the stoppage phenomenon during the data transmission process, thereby stopping the generated delay, thereby improving the data. Transmission efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station 10a, as shown in FIG. 40, comprising: a bus 101a, and a memory 103a and a processor 104a connected to the bus 101a.
  • the base station 10a further includes a communication interface 102a connected to the bus 101a for communicating with other network elements.
  • the processor 104a performs operations including sending and receiving through the communication interface 102a.
  • the memory 103a is configured to store computer instructions 1031a; the processor 104a executes the computer instructions 1031a for:
  • Determining the first hybrid automatic repeat request The status of all HARQ processes in the HARQ buffer is occupied.
  • the first HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer are in the base station. Set different HARQ buffers.
  • the first HARQ buffer and the second HARQ buffer are part of the memory.
  • the process ID of the HARQ process in the first HARQ buffer corresponds to the process ID of the HARQ process in the second HARQ buffer.
  • the executing, by the processor 104a, the computer instruction 1031a is further configured to: before determining that all the HARQ processes in the first HARQ buffer are in an occupied state, using a process number in the first HARQ buffer Transmitting, by the HARQ process of y, the first data block to the UE; and before receiving, by the HARQ process in the idle state in the second HARQ buffer, the second data block to the UE, receiving the UE for the first data block Feedback; wherein, if the feedback includes a negative acknowledgement NACK, the second data block is a data block corresponding to the NACK in the first data block; or, if the feedback includes a positive acknowledgement ACK, the The two data blocks are different data blocks from the first data block.
  • the processor 104a executes the computer instruction 1031a specifically for: Sending a second data block to the UE by using a HARQ process with a process number of y in the second HARQ buffer, and sending a downlink scheduling grant message to the UE, where the downlink scheduling grant message carries an NDI value, the NDI value The same as the NDI value sent by the base station to the UE last time.
  • the processor 104a executes the computer instruction.
  • 1031a is further configured to: determine that the second data block fails to be sent by the HARQ process in the idle state in the second HARQ buffer; send information indicating the failure to the first base station, and corresponding to the second data block a sequence number, the information indicating the failure is used to trigger the first base station to retransmit the second data block to the UE, where the base station 10a serves a secondary carrier of the UE, where the A base station serves the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the processor 104a executes the computer instruction 1031a specifically for: Receiving the feedback from the first base station, where the feedback is sent by the UE to the first base station by using a first physical uplink control channel PUCCH code channel resource; the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource is determined by And determining, by the base station, the first base station and the UE, or the identifier of the first PUCCH code channel resource is that the base station requests the first base station to allocate a PUCCH code channel resource from the Received by the first base station.
  • the processor uses the HARQ process in the idle state of the second HARQ buffer to transmit the second data block, thereby reducing the stoppage phenomenon during the data transmission process, thereby stopping the generated delay, thereby improving the data. Transmission efficiency.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, including the base station of any of Embodiments 20.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission system, including the base station according to any one of embodiments 21.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • some units are solid or virtual.
  • Line connection it can be understood that the solid line indicates that the units may be directly connected, and the dotted line indicates that the suggested units may be indirect connections.
  • the direct connection here means that the information can be realized without being forwarded by other units provided by the embodiments of the present invention.
  • Transmission and reception, indirect connection refers to forwarding or triggering of other units provided by the embodiments of the present invention to implement transmission and reception of information or other processing actions.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as the units may or may not be physical units, and may be located in one place or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiment of the present embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
  • the technical solution of the present invention may be embodied in the form of a software product in the form of a software product, or the whole or part of the technical solution, which is stored in a storage medium.
  • a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明提供一种数据传输方法、设备和系统,涉及通信领域,能够提高数据传输效率。所述方法包括:第二基站确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ緩冲器中的所有HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态;所述第二基站采用第二HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的HARQ进程发送第二数据块给用户设备UE;其中,所述第一HARQ緩冲器和第二HARQ緩冲器为所述第二基站中设置的不同HARQ緩沖器。该数据传输方法、设备和系统适用于载波聚合中的数据的传输。

Description

一种数据传输方法、 设备和系统 技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域,尤其涉及载波聚合的一种数据传输方法、 设备和系统。
背景技术
CA ( Carrier Aggregation , 载波聚合)技术通过将多个连续或非 连续的载波聚合成更大的带宽 (最大 100MHz ) , 以满足更高速率的 要求, 以及提高离散频谱的利用率。
HetNet ( Heterogeneous Network,异构网络)作为一种重要的演 进方案, 该方案实现了移动通信网络的精准覆盖, 显著提升了网络 性能, 为用户带来更佳的语音与移动数据业务体验。 HetNet的网络 侧可以包括: 核心网、 传输网、 基站, 与该网络通信的用户设备包 括具有 CA 能力的 UE ( User Equipment , 用户设备) 和不具有 CA 能力的 UE。
以具有 CA 能力的 UE为例, HetNet釆用 CA方式进行数据传 输时, EPC ( Evolved Packet Core , 分组核心演进) 网同时经过主基 站和辅基站向 UE下发数据信息, UE需要向主基站发送反馈, 反馈 用于指示主基站和 /或辅基站下发的数据信息的接收情况。 现有技术 中, 辅基 占为 UE 分酉己 PDSCH ( Physical Downlink Shared Channel , 物理下行共享信道)、 PDCCH (Packet Data Control Channel, 分组数 据控制信道)资源, 并向主基站请求发送给 UE的数据块, 辅基站收 到主基站下发的数据块后, 确定 PUCCH ( Physical Uplink Control CHannel , 物理上行链路控制信道) 码道资源的标识, 辅基站将所述 PUCCH码道资源的标识发送给主基站, 同时向 UE发送所述数据块 和 PUCCH码道资源的标识, UE根据 PUCCH码道资源的标识在相 应的 PUCCH码道资源上发送所述数据块的反馈,主基站可以根据该 PUCCH码道资源标识在相应 PUCCH码道上接收到反馈后进行反馈 的 解 调 。 解 调 得 到 的 反 馈 可 以 包 括 NACK (Negative Acknowledgement , 否定应答)和 ACK (Acknowledgement ,确认应答 ) 两种,辅基站需要对 NACK对应的数据进行 HARQ( Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request , 混合自动重传请求) 重传。 但是, 上述数据传输过 程的传输效率较低。
发明内容
本发明的实施例提供一种数据传输方法、 设备和系统, 能够提 高数据传输效率。
为达到上述目的, 本发明的实施例釆用如下技术方案:
第一方面, 提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:
第二基站确定第一混合自动重传请求 HARQ 緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态;
所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程 发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE;
其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述第二 基站中设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器。
第二方面, 提供一种基站, 所述基站中设置两个不同的混合自 动重传请求 HARQ緩冲器:第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器, 所述基站还包括:
确定单元,用于确定所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进 程的状态均为占用状态;
发送单元, 用于釆用所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE。
第三方面, 提供一种基站, 包括: 总线, 以及连接在所述总线 上的存储器和处理器; 其中, 所述存储器用于存储计算机指令; 所 述处理器执行所述计算机指令用于:
确定第一混合自动重传请求 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程 的状态均为占用状态; 且, 釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE ; 其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述基站 中设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器。
第四方面, 提供一种数据传输系统, 包括: 第二方面所述的基 站。
第五方面, 提供一种数据传输系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 第三 方面所述的基站。
本发明提供一种数据传输方法、 设备和系统, 通过在第二基站 设置第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器,增加 HARQ緩冲器的 个数, 在第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状 态时, 釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程进行第二数 据块的发送, 减少了数据传输过程中的停等现象, 从而停等产生的 时延, 因此提高了数据传输效率。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下 面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于 本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动的前提下, 还可以 根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图 1为本发明实施例一提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 2为本发明实施例二提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 3为本发明实施例三提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 4为本发明实施例三提供的另一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 5为本发明实施例四提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 6为本发明实施例五提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 7为本发明实施例六提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 8 为本发明实施例六提供的一种辅基站向主基站请求第三
PUCCH码道资源的标识的方法示意图;
图 9为本发明实施例六提供的一种主基站主动为辅基站分配第 三 PUCCH码道资源的标识的方法示意图; 图 10为本发明实施例七提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 1 1为本发明实施例八提供的一种数据传输方法示意图; 图 12为本发明实施例九提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 13为本发明实施例九提供的另一种基站结构示意图; 图 14为本发明实施例九提供的又一种基站结构示意图; 图 15为本发明实施例九提供的再一种基站结构示意图; 图 16为本发明实施例九提供的再又一种基站结构示意图; 图 17为本发明实施例九提供的再另一种基站结构示意图; 图 18为本发明实施例十提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 19为本发明实施例十提供的另一种基站结构示意图; 图 20为本发明实施例十提供的又一种基站结构示意图; 图 21为本发明实施例十提供的再一种基站结构示意图; 图 22为本发明实施例十提供的再又一种基站结构示意图; 图 23为本发明实施例十一提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 24为本发明实施例十二提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 25为本发明实施例十四提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 26为本发明实施例十四提供的另一种基站结构示意图; 图 27为本发明实施例十四提供的又一种基站结构示意图; 图 28为本发明实施例十四提供的再一种基站结构示意图; 图 29为本发明实施例十五提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 30为本发明实施例十五提供的另一种基站结构示意图; 图 3 1为本发明实施例十五提供的又一种基站结构示意图; 图 32为本发明实施例十五提供的再一种基站结构示意图; 图 33为本发明实施例十五提供的再又一种基站结构示意图; 图 34为本发明实施例十六提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 35为本发明实施例十六提供的另一种基站结构示意图; 图 36为本发明实施例十七提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 37为本发明实施例十九提供的一种基站结构示意图; 图 38为本发明实施例十九提供的另一种基站结构示意图; 图 39为本发明实施例十九提供的又一种基站结构示意图; 图 40为本发明实施例二十提供的一种基站结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术 方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明 一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本 领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他 实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。
CA 是一种将两个或更多的载波单元聚合在一起以支持更大的 传输带宽的技术。 本发明实施例中, 主基站和辅基站是相对的概念, 是针对具体的 UE来区分的, 主基站是工作在主载波上的基站, 即主 基站服务于所述 UE 的主载波, UE 在该基站进行初始连接建立过程 或开始连接重建立过程。 辅基站是工作在辅载波上的基站, 即辅基 占月良务于所述 UE的辅载波, 一旦 RRC ( Radio Resource Control , 无线资源控制 ) 连接建立, 辅基站就可能被配置以提供额外的无线 资源。 本发明实施例适用于多种通信系统及场景, 例如, 所述主基 站可以为宏基站, 所述辅基站可以为 基站; 又如, 所述通信系统 可以为 3GPP R10 ( 3rd Generation Partnership Project ReleaselO, 第三代合作伙伴计划版本 10 ) 对应的系统。
实施例一
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 该方法适用于包括第一 基站、 第二基站和 UE的通信系统, 其中, 所述第一基站和所述第二 基站均可为 UE提供服务。 如下以所述第一基站为所述 UE的主基站, 所述第二基站为所述 UE的辅基站为例进行说明。 如图 1 所示, 该方 法可以包括如下步骤:
步骤 101、 在第一时刻, 辅基站向主基站发送第一 PUCCH 码道 资源的标识, 以便于所述主基站确定通过所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源 接收用户设备 UE发送的针对第一数据块的反馈。
步骤 1 02、 在第二时刻, 所述辅基站向所述 UE 发送所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数据块。
步骤 1 0 3、 所述辅基站从所述主基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈 是所述主基站通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收到的。
其中, 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与 所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T 大于或等于所述辅基站与所述主基站的 一次站间单向传输时延 t , 所述辅基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所 述主基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述辅基站与所述主基站的一次站间单向传输时延 t 满足如下公式:
t = t l * A + B ;
其中, t l 为所述主基站和所述辅基站之间的理论传输时延, 所 述 A为调整所述 t l 的常数, 所述 B为所述 t l 的偏置常数。
这样一来, 由于在第一时刻, 辅基站向主基站发送第一 PUCC H 码道资源的标识, 则在第一时刻和第二时刻的中间时刻, 主基站便 收到了第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 保证了在第二时刻, 即辅基站 向 UE发送所述第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识和第一数据块时, 主基站 已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得主基站能 够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输效率。
可选的, 在本实施例中, 在所述第一时刻之前, 所述辅基站确 定 X , 所述 X 为所述第一数据块的个数, 且, 所述辅基站接收并緩 存所述主基站发送的业务; 在所述第二时刻之前, 所述辅基站从所 述緩存的业务中获取所述 X 个第一数据块。 例如, 在满足第一条件 时, 所述辅基站从所述緩存的业务中获取所述 X 个第一数据块, 或 者, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送所述 X; 其中, 所述第一条件可 以包括: 所述 UE的优先级高于其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的优先级。 进一步的, 所述第一条件还可以包括: 所述业务的优先级高于所述 辅基站发送给所述其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的消息的优先级。
可选的, 在本实施例中, 所述方法还包括: 在所述第一时刻之 前, 所述辅基站确定 X , 所述 X 为所述第一数据块的个数; 在所述 第一时刻, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送所述 X; 在所述第二时刻 之前, 所述辅基站接收所述主基站发送的所述 X个第一数据块。
可以理解的, 在本实施例中, 所述辅基站可以根据步骤 1 03 中 接收到的反馈做不同后续处理, 以下举例说明。
例如, 所述方法还包括: 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 所述 辅基站将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述第一数据 块中与所述 NACK 对应的数据块; 所述辅基站确定所述重传是否失 败; 若所述辅基站确定所述重传失败, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发 送指示所述重传失败的信息以及与所述重传数据对应的序列号, 所 述指示所述重传失败的信息用于触发所述主基站重传所述重传数据 给所述 UE。
又如,若所述辅基站在预设时段内从所述主基站接收所述反馈, 且所述反馈包括 NACK , 所述方法还包括: 所述辅基站釆用 自动重传 请求 ARQ方式将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述第 一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
再如, 若所述辅基站中设置有第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩 冲器, 则所述方法还包括: 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 且所述 第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态, 所述辅 基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程将重传数据重传给所 述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK 对应的数 据块。 可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号与所 述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号可以——对应。 因此, 假设所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发送所述 第一数据块给所述 UE, 则, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器 中的 HARQ进程将重传数据重传给所述 UE 包括如下两种可能的实现 方式:
第一种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为占用状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的其他进 程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消 息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI 值, 其中, 所述其他进程与所 述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且状态 为空闲状态, 所述 NDI值与所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI 值不同。
第二种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为空闲状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE发送下行 调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI 值, 所述 NDI值与 所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。
实施例二
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 该方法适用于包括第一 基站、 第二基站和 UE的通信系统, 其中, 所述第一基站和所述第二 基站均可为 UE提供服务。 如下以所述第一基站为所述 UE的主基站, 所述第二基站为所述 UE的辅基站为例进行说明。 如图 2所示, 该方 法可以包括如下步骤:
步骤 201、 主基站接收辅基站在第一时刻发送的 PUCCH 码道资 源的标识。
步骤 202、 所述主基站通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收用户 设备 UE发送的反馈, 所述反馈为所述 UE针对所述辅基站在第二时 刻发送的第一数据块的反馈。
步骤 203、 所述主基站将所述反馈发送给所述辅基站。 其中, 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与 所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T 大于或等于所述辅基站与所述主基站的 一次站间单向传输时延 t , 所述辅基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所 述主基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述辅基站与所述主基站的一次站间单向传输时延 t 满足如下公式:
t = t l * A + B ;
其中, t l 为所述主基站和所述辅基站之间的理论传输时延, 所 述 A为调整所述 t l 的常数, 所述 B为所述 t l 的偏置常数。
这样一来, 由于第二时刻之前, 主基站便收到了第一 PUCCH码 道资源的标识, 保证了在第二时刻, 即辅基站向 UE 发送所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和第一数据块时, 主基站已经获取了针对所 述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得主基站能够进行反馈的及时 解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输效率。
可选的, 在所述第一时刻之前, 所述方法还包括: 主基站接收 辅基站在第一时刻发送的第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCC H 码道资 源的标识; 所述主基站通过所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源接收用户设备 UE 发送的反馈, 所述反馈为所述 UE 针对所述辅基站在第二时刻发 送的第一数据块的反馈; 所述主基站将所述反馈发送给所述辅基站; 其中, 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与所述 第一时刻之间的间隔 T 大于或等于所述辅基站与所述主基站的一次 站间单向传输时延 t , 所述辅基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述主 基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
进一步的, 在所述第一时刻之前, 所述方法还可以包括: 所述 主基站接收所述 UE或网关发送的业务承载建立请求, 所述业务承载 建立请求用于请求建立所述 UE、 所述网关与所述主基站之间的业务 承载; 所述主基站建立第一无线链路控制层 RLC 层逻辑信道和第二 RLC 层逻辑信道, 所述第一 RLC 层逻辑信道用于所述主基站与所述 UE之间的传输, 所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道用于所述主基站与所述辅 基站之间的传输。
更进一步的, 所述方法还可以包括: 所述主基站接收所述网关 发送的业务; 在所述第一时刻之前, 所述主基站将所述业务中业务 类型为非时延敏感数据的业务通过所述第二 RLC 层逻辑信道发送给 所述辅基站, 或者, 所述主基站接收所述辅基站在所述第一时刻发 送的 X , 所述 X为所述辅基站在第二时刻向 UE发送的第一数据块的 个数, 在所述第二时刻之前, 所述主基站在所述业务中业务类型为 非时延敏感数据的业务中获取 X个第一数据块,并通过所述第二 RLC 层逻辑信道将所述 X个第一数据块发送给所述辅基站。
或者, 更进一步的, 所述方法还包括: 所述主基站接收所述网 关发送的业务; 所述主基站确定第二 PUCCH 码道资源, 所述第二 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对第二数据块的反 馈; 所述主基站通过所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道向所述 UE发送所述第 二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所 述业务中业务类型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。
可选的, 在本实施例中, 在所述主基站将所述反馈发送给所述 辅基站之后, 所述方法还包括: 所述主基站接收所述辅基站发送的 指示重传失败的信息以及与重传数据对应的序列号, 所述指示重传 失败的信息是所述辅基站在所述反馈包括 NACK, 且所述辅基站将所 述重传数据重传给所述 UE失败之后发送给所述主基站的; 所述主基 站重传所述重传数据给所述 UE, 所述重传数据为所述第一数据块中 与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
实施例三
以下以实施例三为例, 对实施例一和实施例二提供的方法做进 一步说明。 本发明实施例中, 当支持 CA的数据传输系统需要进行数 据传输时 , 可以由 UE或 EPC 网的网关触发业务承载的建立, 所述业 务承载为所述 UE、 所述网关与所述主基站的之间的业务承载, 然后 在相应的业务承载上进行业务传输, 例如, 在进行语音业务时, UE 为被叫, 则由网关触发业务承载的建立; 又如, 当 UE需要进行数据 的下载时, 则 UE触发业务承载的建立。
本发明实施例以 UE触发业务承载的建立为例进行说明。 此外, 本实施例中, 假设第二时刻在第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与所 述第一时刻之间的间隔 T 大于或等于所述辅基站与所述主基站的一 次站间单向传输时延 t, 所述辅基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述 主基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。 可选的, t 满足如下公式: t = tl * A + B; 其中, tl 为所述主基站和所述辅基站之间的理论传输时 延, 所述 A为调整所述 tl 的常数, 所述 B为所述 tl 的偏置常数。 其中, 所述 t 的单位可以为 ms。
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 如图 3所示, 包括: 步骤 3G1、 UE向主基站发送业务承载建立请求。
所述业务承载建立请求用于请求建立所述 UE、 所述网关与所述 主基站之间的业务承载。 所述业务承载建立的过程与现有技术相同, 本发明对此不做赘述。
步骤 302、 主基站建立第一无线链路控制层 RLC ( Radio Link Control, 无线链路控制 ) 逻辑信道和第二 RLC层逻辑信道。
所述第一 RLC 层逻辑信道用于所述主基站与所述 UE 之间的传 输, 所述第二 RLC 层逻辑信道用于所述主基站与所述辅基站之间的 传输。 GPRS ( General Packet Radio Service, 通用分组无线月良务 技术)、 WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, 宽带 码分多址)、 TD-SCDMA ( Time Divis ion-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access,时分同步码分多址)或 LTE ( Long Term Evolut ion, 长期演进)等无线通信系统均包括 RLC层。 例如, 在 WCDMA 系统中, RLC 层位于 MAC ( Medium/Media Access Control , 介质访问控制 ) 层之上, 用于保证业务数据的按序递交。 在本发明实施例中, RLC 层逻辑信道 (也可简称为 RLC逻辑信道) 位于 RLC层, 用于业务的 传输、 连接控制和流量控制等等。 RLC 层的功能是由部署在基站上 的 RLC实例来实现的。
步骤 303、 主基站接收网关发送的业务。
主基站接收的业务是由 EPC 网的网关发送过来的, 所述业务的 业务类型可以包括非时延敏感数据业务和时延敏感数据业务中的至 少一种。 非时延敏感数据业务指的是对于时延要求不高的数据业务, 如数据下载业务; 时延敏感数据业务指的是对于时延要求较高的业 务, 如信令业务和语音业务等实时小包业务。 主基站可通过 QCI (QoS Class Identifier : QoS 分类识别码)类型、 业务特征、 时延参数 等中的至少一种情况来确定所述业务的业务类型, 具体方法可以参 考现有技术, 其中, QCI 是标准协议中对于业务类型的区分方法, QoS ( Quality of Service, 服务质量) 是网络的一种安全机制, 是 用来解决网络延迟和阻塞等问题的一种技术, 所述业务特征包括数 据量大小和数据的编码特征等等, 所述时延参数可以为 PDB( Packet Delay Budget , 预留包时延)。
步骤 304、 主基站将所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的 业务通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道发送给所述辅基站。
步骤 305、 辅基站緩存所述业务。
辅基站在接收所述主基站发送的业务后, 可以在本地緩存所述 业务, 在本实施例中, 所述主基站发送的业务为非时延敏感数据业 务。
现有技术中, 数据业务的 RLC实例 ( entity )部署在主基站上, 在 UE被调度时, 辅基站向主基站请求需要发送给 UE 的数据块, 在 辅基站接收到主基站发送的数据块后, 将该数据块发送给 UE, 因此 U E需要至少等待所述辅基站与所述主基站的一次站间单向传输时延 (或称为一个基站向另一个基站发送信息的时刻与所述另一个基站 接收所述信息的时刻之间的时长) 才能收到所述数据块。
进一步地,本发明实施例中,可以在辅基站上设置 RLC代理( RLC Agent )模块, 在该 RLC代理模块用于对主基站通过 RLC层逻辑信道 发送的业务进行緩存, 以便于在 UE被调度时, 辅基站在 RLC代理模 块緩存的所述业务中获取数据块来发送给 UE。 这样一来, 在 UE 被 调度时, 辅基站无需临时向主基站请求数据块, 从緩存中获取需要 发送给 UE 的数据块即可进行发送, 减少了 UE等待时间, 提高了数 据传输效率。
步骤 306、 在第一时刻, 辅基站向主基站发送第一 PUCCH 码道 资源的标识。
当主基站收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 可以确定通过 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收 UE发送的针对第一数据块的反馈。
本发明实施例中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识是辅基站在 第一时刻之前确定的。 例如, 在第一时刻之前, 辅基站确定 X , 所 述 X为所述第一数据块的个数, 然后, 辅基站根据 X确定相应的第 一 PUCCH码道资源的标识。 示例的, 所述 X 为 1 或 2。 在一种辅基 站确定 X的方法中, 辅基站可以根据所述 UE的传输模式配置、 RANK (秩指示) 值以及所述业务的待传数据量和辅基站自身的平均吞吐 率来预测在第二时刻时, 该 UE 是否会被辅基站调度, 以及, 如果 UE会被辅基站调度, 辅基站将发送几个数据块给该 UE, 所述数据块 也称为 TB ( Transmission block, 传输数据块), 其中, 所述 RANK 值用来指示 PDSCH 的有效的数据层数, 本发明实施例假设辅基站预 测得到 UE在第二时刻会被调度, 则预测得到的数据块个数即为所述 第一数据块的个数 x
需要说明的是, 在 UE接入辅基站时, 辅基站会对该 UE配置预 设个数的 PUCCH码道资源, 该预设个数的 PUCCH码道资源是根据预 设标准配置的,与主基站为该 UE配置的 PUCCH码道资源的标准相同, 例如, 该预设个数为 4。 可选的, 第一 PUCCH码道资源包括的 PUCCH 码道资源的个数(也可简称为码道个数) 与第一数据块的个数相等。 则在本实施例中, 确定的第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数可以为 X , 例 如, 辅基站在所述预设个数的 PUCCH码道资源中选择 X个 PUCCH码 道资源, 并获取该 X个 PUCCH码道资源的标识作为第一 PUCCH码道 资源的标识。
步骤 307、 在第二时刻, 所述辅基站向所述 UE 发送所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数据块。
需要说明的是, 在所述第二时刻之前, 所述辅基站可以从所述 緩存的业务中获取所述 X个第一数据块。 例如, 在满足第一条件时, 所述辅基站从所述緩存的业务中获取所述 X 个第一数据块, 或者, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送所述 X; 其中, 所述第一条件包括: 所述 UE的优先级高于其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的优先级。 可选的, 所述第一条件还包括: 所述业务的优先级高于所述辅基站发送给所 述其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的消息的优先级。
示例的, 当所述 UE的优先级高于其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的 优先级, 而所述业务的优先级低于所述辅基站发送给所述其他接入 所述辅基站的 UE的消息的优先级时, 所述辅基站不进行 X个第一数 据块的获取, 直到当所述 UE 的优先级高于其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的优先级, 而所述业务的优先级也高于所述辅基站发送给所述其 他接入所述辅基站的 UE的消息的优先级时, 再从所述緩存的业务中 获取所述 X个第一数据块。
这样一来, 在辅基站调度所述 UE的过程中, 可以保证其他接入 所述辅基站的 UE的系统消息、 寻呼消息等优先级较高的消息优先发 送, 避免优先级较高的消息由于所述 UE对信道资源的占用而导致的 传输阻塞。
需要说明的是, 辅基站可以通过调度 PDCCH资源和 PDSCH资源 来发送所述第一 PUCCH码道资源和 X个所述第一数据块。例如, PDCCH 资源中承载的是 DCI ( Downlink Control Information, 下行控制 信息), 包含一个或多个用户设备上的资源分配和其他的控制信息, 在本实施例中, 所述 PDCCH资源可以携带所述第一 PUCCH码道资源。 又如, PDSCH 资源用于承载来自传输信道 DSCH ( Downl ink Shared Channel, 下行共享信道) 的数据, 所述 PDSCH资源可以携带所述 x 个所述第一数据块。 辅基站将所述第一 PUCCH码道资源和 X个所述 第一数据块通过空口传输给所述 UE。
步骤 308、 主基站通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收 UE发送的 反馈。
可以理解的, UE在从所述辅基站接收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资 源的标识和第一数据块之后, 可以通过所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源向 所述主基站发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈。 相应的, 主基站通过 所述第 ― PUCCH码道资源接收 UE发送的反馈。
其中, UE 发送反馈的规则与主基站进行信息解析的规则相对 应, 从而保障发送方与接收方对于信息的理解一致。 由于所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识可以包括多个 PUCCH码道资源的标识, UE在 不同标识指示的 PUCCH 码道资源上进行不同信号的发送表示不同的 反馈, 即每个反馈是由存在信号的 PUCCH 信道资源的标识及信号的 类型来确定的, 本发明实施例中, UE发送反馈的规则与主基站进行 信息解析的规则可以有多种。 例如, UE接收到 2个数据块, 即 x = 2, 相应的第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识包括 1个 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 参见表 1,指示 PUCCH码道资源为 1 时的传输情况,其中, (PUCCH, 0) 表示第一个 PUCCH码道资源的标识, (PUCCH, 1)表示第二个 PUCCH码 道资源的标识, HARQ-ACK ( 0 ) 表示第一个数据块, HARQ-ACK ( 1 ) 表示第二个数据块。 如表 1所示: 当 UE在第二个 PUCCH码道资源上 即(PUCCH, 1)发送信号 " 1, 1" 时, 表示第一个数据块对应 ACK应答, 第二个数据块对应 ACK 应答; 当在第一个 PUCCH 码道资源上即 (PUCCH, 0)发送信号 " 1, 1" 时, 表示第一个数据块对应 ACK 应答, 第二个数据块对应 NACK 应答; UE 在第二个 PUCCH 码道资源即 (PUCCH, 1)上发送信号 " 0, 0" 表示第一个数据块对应 NACK应答, 第 二个数据块对应 ACK应答;当 UE在第一个 PUCCH码道资源(PUCCH, 0) 上发送信号 " 0, 0" 表示第一个数据块对应为 NACK 应答, 第二个数 据块对应 NACK应答。 需要说明的是, 表 1 中的 DTX ( Discont inuous Transmiss ion,不连续发送)表示辅基站向 UE只发送了 PDCCH资源, 而未发送 PDSCH 资源, 导致在相应的 PUCCH码道资源上没有数据传 输, 由于本发明实施例假设辅基站向 UE 同时发送了 PDCCH 资源和 PDSCH资源, 因此, 在本实施例中不涉及 DTX的应答。
表 1
Figure imgf000018_0001
可选的, 主基站扫描各个 PUCCH码道资源; 若扫描得到所述第 ― PUCCH 码道资源中有信号; 解析所述第一码道资源中的信号从而 得到所述第一数据块的反馈。 主基站进行信息解析的规则与 UE发送 反馈的规则相对应, 具体可参见上述举例。 上述反馈的表示方法只 是示意性说明, 实际应用中可以根据具体情况预先设定。 步骤 309、 主基站向辅基站发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈。 可选的, 主基站接收的 UE的反馈可能有多个, 既包括 UE对主 基站发送给该 UE的数据块的反馈, 也包括针对所述第一数据块的反 馈, 主基站可以在接收的反馈中排除主基站发送给该 UE的数据块的 反馈, 将其余的反馈作为针对所述第一数据块的反馈, 并发送给辅 基站。
步骤 310、 辅基站对针对所述第一数据块的反馈进行数据处理。 可选的, 辅基站在接收所述主基站发送的所述第一数据块的反 馈后, 判断所述反馈中是否包括 NACK, 若所述反馈中包括 NACK, 所 述辅基站可以将第一重传数据重传给所述 UE, 示例的, 该辅基站可 以釆用 HARQ 方式将第一重传数据重传给所述 UE, 所述第一重传数 据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。 此处, 第一重 传数据可以为所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。 进一步 的, 所述辅基站可以确定所述重传是否失败; 若所述辅基站确定所 述重传失败, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送指示所述重传失败的信 息以及与所述第一重传数据对应的 SN ( Sequence Number, 序列号) 以便于所述主基站重传所述第一重传数据给所述 UE, 所述指示所述 重传失败的信息用于触发所述主基站重传所述第一重传数据给所述 UE, 主基站可以根据上述 SN在主基站中查询获取相应的第一重传数 据, 并通过 ARQ重传方式重传给 UE。 这样在辅基站第一次重传失败 后, 主基站进行所述第一重传数据的再次重传, 可以保证所述第一 重传数据有效地发送给 UE, 减少数据的发送失败率。
可选的, 所述辅基站可以周期性检测是否接收到所述主基站发 送的反馈。 以一个周期的长度为预设时段为例, 若所述辅基站在所 述预设时段内从所述主基站接收所述反馈, 且所述反馈包括 NACK, 所述辅基站还可以釆用 ARQ ( Automat ic Repea t-r eQue s t , 自动重 传请求) 方式将第二重传数据重传给所述 UE, 所述第二重传数据包 括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块, 还可以包括所述预 设时间段内, 所述 UE 的其他反馈中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。 由 于 ARQ是一种周期性重传的方式, 当辅基站釆用 ARQ方式, 可以减 少停等次数,提高数据传输效率。示例的,若预设时间段为 4个 HARQ RTT (Round-Trip Time, 往返时延)的时间, 1个 HARQ RTT的时间为 8 ms, 则预设时间段为 32ms, 辅基站可以检测在 32ms 内是否接收到 回馈信息; 若在预设时间段内接收到回馈信息, 检测所述回馈信息 中是否存在 NACK, 本发明假设存在 4个 NACK, 则辅基站通过 ARQ方 式将所述 4个 NACK对应的数据重新发送给所述 UE。
可选的,所述辅基站中可以设置有第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ 緩冲器; 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK, 且所述第一 HARQ 緩冲器 中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程将第三重传数据重传给所述 UE, 所述第 三重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 N A C K对应的数据块。
本实施例中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号与 所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应, 假设所述 第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发送所述第一数据 块给所述 UE, 则本实施例包括如下两种可能的实现方案。
第一种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为占用状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的其他进 程重传所述第三重传数据给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授 权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI 值, 其中, 所述其他进程 与所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且 状态为空闲状态, 所述 NDI值与所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值不同; 或者,
第二种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为空闲状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程重传所述第三重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE发送 下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 ND I 值, 所述 ND I 值与所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值相同。
这样一来,通过增加辅基站中 HARQ緩冲器的个数,在第一 HARQ 緩冲器的所有 HARQ 进程均处于等待回馈信息状态, 釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器进行待传送数据的重传, 减少了数据传输过程中的停等现象, 避免停等产生的时延, 因此减少了数据传输的整体时延, 提供了数 据传输效率。
需要说明的是, 步骤 304 至步骤 305 中, 第一数据块是由辅基 站在调度 UE时在緩存中获取的, 由于步骤 306 中, 在第一时刻, 辅 基站向主基站发送第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 存在一次站间单向 传输时延 t , 之后, 在步骤 307 中, 在第二时刻, 所述辅基站向所 述 UE发送所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数据块,可以看出, 第一时刻和第二时刻的最小间隔为所述辅基站与所述主基站的一次 站间单向传输时延 t , 则当第一数据块是由辅基站在调度 UE时在緩 存中获取时, 所述第二时刻与所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T为 t。
本发明实施例还提供了一种辅基站在调度 UE 时向主基站请求 第一数据块的方法, 具体如图 4所示, 包括:
步骤 4 01、 辅基站确定 x。
所述 X为所述第一数据块的个数。
步骤 4 02、 在所述第一时刻, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送所 述 X。
在满足第一条件时, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送所述 X; 其中, 所述第一条件包括: 所述 UE的优先级高于其他接入所述 辅基站的 UE的优先级。 可选的, 所述第一条件还包括: 所述业务的 优先级高于所述辅基站发送给所述其他接入所述辅基站的 UE 的消 息的优先级。 步骤 4 0 3、 主基站将所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的 业务通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道发送给所述辅基站。
所述主基站接收所述辅基站在所述第一时刻发送的 X后, 可以 在所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的业务中获取 X 个第一数 据块, 并通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道将所述 X个第一数据块发送 给所述辅基站。
可选的, 上述步骤 4 02与步骤 306 同时执行, 步骤 4 03在步骤 306之后。 例如, 步骤 4 02 中的 X和步骤 306 中的第一 PUCCH码道 资源的标识被携带在同一消息中, 被所述辅基站发送给所述主基站。 由于在第一时刻, 步骤 3 06 中, 辅基站向主基站发送第一 PUCC H码 道资源的标识, 步骤 4 02 中所述辅基站向所述主基站发送所述 X , 存在一次站间单向传输时延, 之后, 在步骤 4 03 中, 主基站将所述 业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的业务通过所述第二 RLC 层逻辑 信道发送给所述辅基站, 又存在一次站间单向传输时延, 步骤 307 中, 在第二时刻, 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所述第一 PUCC H码道资 源的标识和第一数据块, 可以看出, 第一时刻和第二时刻的最小间 隔为所述辅基站与所述主基站的两次站间传输时延 2 t , 则当第一数 据块是由辅基站辅基站在调度 UE时向主基站请求得到时, 釆用上述 步骤所述第二时刻与所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T为 2 t , 即辅基站从 主基站请求数据块到向 UE 发送所述数据块的间隔为 2 t。 现有技术 中, 辅基站向主基站请求发送给 UE的数据块, 主基站向辅基站发送 所述数据块, 然后, 辅基站再向主基站发送 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 并等待主基站收到该 PUCCH码道资源的标识后再向 UE进行 PUCCH码 道资源的标识和数据块的发送, 以保证主基站在 UE 之前获取所述 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 可见, 上述现有过程中, 辅基站从主基站 请求数据块到向 UE 发送所述数据块的间隔为 3 t。 因此, 釆用本发 明的数据传输方法, 可以有效降低上述时延, 有效提高数据传输效 率。
在本发明实施例中, 除了包括上述步骤的过程之外, 所述主基 站还可以执行其他与上述过程并行的过程, 例如, 所述主基站可以 接收网关发送的业务, 并确定第二 PUCCH码道资源, 所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对第二数据块的反馈; 所 述主基站通过所述第一 RLC 层逻辑信道向所述 UE 发送所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所述 业务中业务类型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。
现有技术中, 主基站在接收到网关发送的业务后, 可以将同一 业务类型的业务数据的不同数据块分别发送给辅基站和 UE, 发送给 辅基站的数据块再由辅基站发送给 UE, 由于主基站和辅基站的站间 传输时延, 可能出现数据块的序号错乱。 而本发明实施例中, 通过 建立两个 RLC 层逻辑信道, 并进行相应的业务类型区分, 使得不同 业务类型的业务进行有效分流, 同一业务类型的数据块只通过同一 个 RLC 层逻辑信道发送, 避免了数据块的序号错乱, 提高了业务的 时效性。
进一步的, 所述主基站通过所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道向所述 UE 发送所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块可以同时执 行, 即均在所述第二时刻执行, 这样, 在第二时刻, 主基站和辅基 站同时向所述 UE 发送数据块, 可以实现主基站和辅基站的载波聚 合, 提高数据传输系统的峰值吞吐率。
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方法, 由于在第一时刻, 辅基站 向主基站发送第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 则在第一时刻和第二时 刻的中间时刻, 主基站便收到了第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 保证 了在第二时刻, 即辅基站向 UE发送所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识 和第一数据块时, 主基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的 解调依据, 使得主基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高 了数据传输效率。
实施例四
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 该方法适用于包括第一 基站、 第二基站和 UE的通信系统, 其中, 所述第一基站和所述第二 基站均可为 UE提供服务。 如下以所述第一基站为所述 UE的主基站, 所述第二基站为所述 UE的辅基站为例进行说明。 如图 5所示, 该方 法可以包括如下步骤:
步骤 501、 辅基站向主基站发送第一信息, 以便于所述主基站 确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块。
其中, 所述第一信息包括第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH码 道资源的个数 x、 所述辅基站向所述用户设备 UE发送的第一数据块 的个数 X和第一信道码字 ( code word ) 中的一种, 其中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对所述第一数据块 的反馈, 所述第一信道码字为 X个第一数据块对应的信道码字。
可选的, 所述辅基站向主基站发送第一信息包括: 所述辅基站 确定所述 UE 的优先级高于所述其他接入所述辅基站的 UE 的优先级 时, 所述辅基站向主基站发送所述第一信息。
步骤 502、 所述辅基站接收所述主基站发送的 X 个第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块。
步骤 503、 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道 资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块。
步骤 5G4、 所述辅基站从所述主基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈 是所述主基站通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收到的。
本发明实施例中, 所述辅基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述主 基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
这样一来, 由于主基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 辅基站将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块发 送给 UE , 则主基站接收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数 据块时, 主基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得主基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输 效率。
进一步的, 所述方法还可以包括: 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 所述辅基站将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所 述 X个数据块中所述 NACK对应的数据块; 所述辅基站确定所述重传 是否失败; 若所述辅基站确定所述重传失败, 所述辅基站向所述主 基站发送指示所述重传失败的信息以及与所述重传数据对应的序列 号, 所述指示所述重传失败的信息用于触发所述主基站重传所述重 传数据给所述 UE。
或者, 进一步的, 若所述辅基站在预设时段内从所述主基站接 收所述反馈, 且所述反馈包括 NACK , 所述方法还可以包括: 所述辅 基站釆用 自动重传请求 ARQ方式将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重 传数据包括所述 X个数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
或者, 进一步的, 若所述辅基站中设置有第一混合自动重传请 求 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器, 所述方法还可以包括: 若所述 反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 且所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进 程的状态均为占用状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 其中, 所述重传数据包括所述 X个数据块中所述 NACK对应的数据块。
更进一步的, 若所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号 与所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应。 假设所 述第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发送所述第一数 据块给所述 UE , 则所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ 进程将重传数据重传给所述 UE 包括如下两种可能的实现方式。
第一种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为占用状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的其他进 程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消 息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 ND I 值, 其中, 所述其他进程与所 述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且状态 为空闲状态, 所述 ND I值与所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I 值不同。
第二种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为空闲状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE发送下行 调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 ND I 值, 所述 ND I值与 所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值相同。
可选的, 本发明实施例中, 所述方法还包括: 所述辅基站向所 述主基站发送第二信息, 所述第二信息包括第三 PUCCH 码道资源的 个数 m、 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送的重传数据的数据块的个数 m和 第二信道码字中的一种, 以便于所述主基站为所述辅基站分配所述 第二 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 所述第二 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE 向所述主基站发送针对重传数据的反馈, 所述第二信道码字为所述 重传数据的数据块对应的信道码字; 所述辅基站接收所述主基站发 送的所述 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识; 所述辅基站向所述 UE发 送所述 m个第三 PUCC H码道资源的标识; 所述辅基站从所述主基站 接收针对所述重传数据的反馈, 针对所述重传数据的反馈是所述主 基站通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收到的。
或者, 本发明实施例中, 所述反馈包括 NACK , 所述辅基站从所 述主基站接收所述反馈包括: 所述辅基站从所述主基站接收所述反 馈和第三 PUCC H码道资源的标识, 所述第三 PUCC H码道资源用于所 述 UE向所述主基站发送针对所述重传数据的反馈; 且, 所述方法还 包括: 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识; 所述辅基站从所述主基站接收针对所述重传数据的反馈, 所述重传 数据的反馈是所述主基站通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接 收到的。
实施例五
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 该方法适用于包括第一 基站、 第二基站和 UE的通信系统, 其中, 所述第一基站和所述第二 基站均可为 UE提供服务。 如下以所述第一基站为所述 UE的主基站, 所述第二基站为所述 UE的辅基站为例进行说明。 如图 6所示, 该方 法可以包括如下步骤:
步骤 601、 主基站接收辅基站发送的第一信息。
其中, 所述第一信息包括第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH码 道资源的个数 x、 所述辅基站向所述用户设备 UE发送的第一数据块 的个数 X和第一信道码字中的一种, 其中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资 源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈, 所述 第一信道码字为 X个第一数据块对应的信道码字。
步骤 602、 所述主基站向所述辅基站发送 X个第一 PUCCH码道 资源的标识和 X个第一数据块, 以便于所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所 述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块。
步骤 603、 所述主基站通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收所述 UE发送的所述反馈。
步骤 604、 所述主基站将所述反馈发送给所述辅基站。
本发明实施例中, 所述辅基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述主 基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
这样一来, 由于主基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 辅基站将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块发 送给 UE, 则主基站接收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数 据块时, 主基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得主基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输 效率。
可选的, 在步骤 601 所述主基站接收辅基站发送的第一信息之 前, 所述方法还包括: 所述主基站接收所述 UE或网关发送的业务承 载建立请求, 所述业务承载建立请求用于请求建立所述 UE、 所述网 关与所述主基站之间的业务承载; 所述主基站建立第一无线链路控 制 RLC层逻辑信道和第二 RLC层逻辑信道, 所述第一 RLC层逻辑信 道用于所述主基站与所述 UE之间的传输, 所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道 用于所述主基站与所述辅基站之间的传输。
进一步的, 所述方法还可以包括: 所述主基站接收所述网发送 的业务; 所述主基站在所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的业 务中获取所述 X个第一数据块, 并确定所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资 源的标识; 所述主基站向所述辅基站发送 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源 的标识和 X 个第一数据块包括: 所述主基站将所述 X 个第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信 道发送给所述辅基站。
可选的, 所述方法还包括: 所述主基站接收所述网关发送的业 务; 所述主基站确定第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对第二数据块的反馈; 所 述主基站通过所述第一 RLC 层逻辑信道向所述 UE 发送所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所述 业务中业务类型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。
可选的,在本发明实施例中,如果所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK, 则在所述主基站将所述反馈发送给所述辅基站之后, 所述方法还包 括: 所述主基站接收所述辅基站发送的指示重传失败的信息以及与 重传数据对应的序列号, 所述指示重传失败的信息是所述辅基站在 所述反馈包括 NACK, 且所述辅基站将所述重传数据重传给所述 UE 失败之后发送给所述主基站的; 所述主基站重传所述重传数据给所 述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述 X 个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应 的数据块。
或者, 在本发明实施例中, 如果所述反馈包括 NACK , 则在所述 主基站将所述反馈发送给所述辅基站之后, 所述方法还包括: 所述 主基站接收所述辅基站发送的第二信息, 所述第二信息包括第三 PUCCH码道资源的个数 m、 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送的重传数据的 数据块的个数 m 和第二信道码字中的一种, 其中, 所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对重传数据的反馈, 所述 第二信道码字为所述重传数据的数据块对应的信道码字, 所述重传 数据包括所述 X个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 所述主 基站向所述辅基站发送 m个所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 以便 于所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所述 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识; 所述主基站通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收针对所述重 传数据的反馈; 所述主基站将针对所述重传数据的反馈发送给所述 辅基站。
或者, 在本发明实施例中, 如果所述反馈包括 NACK , 则所述主 基站将所述反馈发送给所述辅基站包括: 所述主基站向所述辅基站 发送所述反馈和第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 以便于所述辅基站向 所述 UE发送所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 所述第三 PUCC H码道 资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对重传数据的反馈, 所述重传 数据包括所述 X个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块, 且由所 述辅基站发送给 UE ; 所述方法还包括: 所述主基站通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收针对所述重传数据的反馈; 所述主基 站将所述重传数据的反馈发送给所述辅基站。
实施例六
以下以实施例六为例, 对实施例四和实施例五提供的方法 #支进 一步说明。 本发明实施例中, 当支持 CA的数据传输系统需要进行数 据传输时, 可以由 UE或 EPC 网的网关触发业务承载的建立, 所述业 务承载为所述 UE、 所述网关与所述主基站的之间的业务承载, 然后 在相应的业务承载上进行业务传输, 例如, 在进行语音业务时, UE 为被叫, 则由网关触发业务承载的建立; 又如, 当 UE需要进行数据 的下载时, 则 UE触发业务承载的建立。
本发明实施例以 UE触发业务承载的建立为例进行说明。 此外, 本实施例中, 假设所述辅基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述主基站 服务于所述 UE的主载波, 如图 7所示,
步骤 7G1、 UE向主基站发送业务承载建立请求。
所述业务承载建立请求用于请求建立所述 UE、 所述网关与所述 主基站之间的业务承载。 所述业务承载建立的过程与现有技术相同, 本发明对此不做赘述。
步骤 702、 主基站根据所述业务承载建立请求建立第一 RLC 层 逻辑信道和第二 RLC层逻辑信道。
所述第一 RLC 层逻辑信道用于所述主基站与所述 UE 之间的传 输, 所述第二 RLC 层逻辑信道用于所述主基站与所述辅基站之间的 传输。 GPRS、 WCDMA, TD-SCDMA 或 LTE 等无线通信系统均包括 RLC 层。 例如, 在 WCDMA 系统中, RLC 层位于 MAC 层之上, 用于保证业 务数据的按序递交。 在本发明实施例中, RLC 层逻辑信道位于 RLC 层, 用于业务的传输、 连接控制和流量控制等等。 RLC 层的功能是 由部署在基站上的 RLC实例来实现的。
步骤 703、 主基站接收网关发送的业务。
主基站接收的业务是由 EPC 网的网关发送过来的, 所述业务的 业务类型可以包括非时延敏感数据业务和时延敏感数据业务中的至 少一种。 非时延敏感数据业务指的是对于时延要求不高的数据业务, 如数据下载业务; 时延敏感数据业务, 指的是对于时延要求较高的 业务, 如信令业务和语音业务等实时小包业务。 主基站可通过
QCI (QoS Class Identifier : QoS 分类识别码)类型、 业务特征、 时延参数等中的至少一种情况来确定所述业务的业务类型, 具体方 法可以参考现有技术, 其中, QCI 是标准协议中对于业务类型的区 分方法, QoS ( Quality of Service, 服务质量) 是网络的一种安全 机制, 是用来解决网络延迟和阻塞等问题的一种技术, 所述业务特 征包括数据量大小和数据的编码特征等等, 所述时延参数可以为 PDB。
步骤 704、 辅基站向主基站发送第一信息, 其中, 所述第一信 息包括第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 x、 所述辅基站向所述用户设备 UE发送的第一数据块的个数 X和第一信道码字中的一种。
例如,所述第一 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送 针对所述第一数据块的反馈, 所述第一信道码字为 X 个第一数据块 对应的信道码字。 所述第一信息可以由辅基站独立发送给主基站, 也可以携带在辅基站方给主基站的资源请求中。
示例的, 辅基站可以确定 X , 比如, 所述 X为 1 或 2。 在一种辅 基站确定 X的方法中,辅基站可以根据所述 UE的传输模式配置、 RANK (秩指示) 值以及所述业务的待传数据量和辅基站自身的平均吞吐 率来预测在第二时刻时, 该 UE 是否会被辅基站调度, 以及, 如果 UE会被辅基站调度, 辅基站将发送几个数据块给该 UE, 所述数据块 也称为 TB, 其中, 所述 RANK值用来指示 PDSCH的有效的数据层数, 本发明实施例假设辅基站预测的数据块个数即为所述第一数据块的 个数 x。
可选的,第一 PUCCH码道资源包括的 PUCCH码道资源的个数(也 可简称为码道个数) 与第一数据块的个数相等。 因此, 由于辅基站 已经确定了第一数据块的个数 X , 则相应的可以确定第一 PUCCH 码 道资源的个数为 x。 特别的, 数据块的个数 X 与码字也存在——对 应关系, 示例的, 当数据块的个数为 1 时, 对应单码字, 当数据块 个数为 2 时, 对应双码字。 因此, 在本步骤中, 所述辅基站发送给 所述主基站的第一信息为第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 x、 所述辅基 站向所述用户设备 U E发送的第一数据块的个数 X和第一信道码字中 的任一种, 都能使得所述主基站确定所述辅基站需要的第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数和第一数据块的个数, 以便于所述主基站 (参见如 下步骤 705 ) 为所述辅基站分配第一 PUCCH码道资源和第一数据块。
可选的, 本发明实施例中, 在满足第一条件时, 所述辅基站向 主基站发送第一信息; 其中, 所述第一条件包括: 所述 UE的优先级 高于其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的优先级。 进一步的, 所述第一条件 还可以包括: 所述业务的优先级高于所述辅基站发送给所述其他接 入所述辅基站的 UE的消息的优先级。
示例的, 当所述 UE的优先级高于其他接入所述辅基站的 UE的 优先级, 而所述业务的优先级低于所述辅基站发送给所述其他接入 所述辅基站的 UE的消息的优先级时, 所述辅基站不向主基站发送第 一信息, 直到当所述 UE 的优先级高于其他接入所述辅基站的 UE 的 优先级, 而所述业务的优先级也高于所述辅基站发送给所述其他接 入所述辅基站的 UE的消息的优先级时, 再向主基站发送第一信息, 以便于所述主基站根据所述第一信息为所述辅基站分配 X 个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块。
这样一来, 在辅基站调度所述 UE的过程中, 可以保证其他接入 所述辅基站的 UE的系统消息、 寻呼消息等优先级较高的消息优先发 送, 避免优先级较高的消息由于所述 UE对信道资源的占用而导致的 传输阻塞。
步骤 705、 所述主基站为所述辅基站确定所述 X 个第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块。
由于所述第一信息包括第一 PUCCH码道资源的个数 x、 所述辅 基站向所述用户设备 UE发送的第一数据块的个数 X和第一信道码字 中的一种, 则当所述第一信息包括第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 X , 则主基站可以相应确定第一数据块的个数为 X; 当所述第一信息包 括第一数据块的个数 X , 则主基站可以相应确定第一 PUCC H 码道资 源的个数为 X; 当所述第一信息包括第一信道码字, 则主基站根据 该第一信道码字确定第一数据块的个数, 然后根据该第一数据块的 个数确定第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数, 例如, 若第一信息包括的第 一信道码字为单码字, 则主基站确定第一数据块的个数为 1 , 第一 PUCCH码道资源的个数也为 1。
所述主基站可以在所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的业 务中获取所述 X个第一数据块, 并确定所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资 源的标识, 所述确定所述 X个第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识的可以是 分配第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识的动作。
需要说明的是, 在 UE接入主基站时, 主基站会对该 UE配置预 设个数的 PUCCH码道资源, 该预设个数的 PUCCH码道资源是根据预 设标准配置的,与辅基站为该 UE配置的 PUCCH码道资源的标准相同, 例如, 该预设个数为 4。 可选的, 第一 PUCCH码道资源包括的 PUCC H 码道资源的个数(也可简称为码道个数) 与第一数据块的个数相等。 则在本实施例中, 确定的第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数可以为 X , 例 如, 主基站在所述预设个数的 PUCC H码道资源中选择 X个 PUCCH码 道资源, 并获取该 X个 PUCCH码道资源的标识作为第一 PUCCH码道 资源的标识。
步骤 7 06、 所述主基站向所述辅基站发送 X个第一 PUCC H码道 资源的标识和 X个第一数据块。
可选的, 所述主基站将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 所述 X个第一数据块通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道发送给所述辅基 站。 步骤 7 07、 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所述 X个第一 PUCC H码道 资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块。
可选的, 辅基站可以通过调度 PDCCH资源和 PDSCH资源来发送 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源和 X 个所述第一数据块。 例如, PDCCH 资 源中承载的是 DC I , 包含一个或多个用户设备上的资源分配和其他 的控制信息, 在本实施例中, 所述 PDCCH 资源可以携带所述第一 PUCC H码道资源。 又如, PDSC H 资源用于 7 载来自传输信道 DSCH 的 数据, 所述 PD SCH 资源可以携带所述 X个所述第一数据块。 辅基站 将所述第一 PUCCH码道资源和 X个所述第一数据块通过空口传输给 所述 UE。
步骤 7 08、 主基站通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收 UE发送的 反馈。
可以理解的, UE在从所述辅基站接收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资 源的标识和第一数据块之后, 可以通过所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源向 所述主基站发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈。 相应的, 主基站通过 所述第 ― PUCC H码道资源接收 UE发送的反馈。
其中, UE 发送反馈的规则与主基站进行信息解析的规则相对 应, 从而保障发送方与接收方对于信息的理解一致。 由于所述第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识可以包括多个 PUCCH码道资源的标识, UE在 不同标识指示的 PUCCH 码道资源上进行不同信号的发送表示不同的 反馈, 即每个反馈是由存在信号的 PUCCH 信道资源的标识及信号的 类型来确定的, 本发明实施例中, UE发送反馈的规则与主基站进行 信息解析的规则可以有多种。 例如, UE接收到 2个数据块, 即 x = 2 , 相应的第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识包括 1个 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 参见表 1 , 表 1 如实施例 3 中所示, 指示 PUCCH码道资源为 1 时的 传输情况, 其中, (PUCCH , 0)表示第一个 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, (PUCCH , 1 )表示第二个 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, HARQ-ACK ( 0 ) 表示 第一个数据块, HARQ-ACK ( 1 ) 表示第二个数据块。 如表 1所示: 当 UE在第二个 PUCCH码道资源上即(PUCCH, 1)发送信号 " 1, 1" 时, 表 示第一个数据块对应 ACK应答, 第二个数据块对应 ACK应答; 当在 第一个 PUCCH 码道资源上即(PUCCH, 0)发送信号 " 1, 1" 时, 表示第 一个数据块对应 ACK应答, 第二个数据块对应 NACK应答; UE 在第 二个 PUCCH 码道资源即(PUCCH, 1)上发送信号 " 0, 0" 表示第一个数 据块对应 NACK应答, 第二个数据块对应 ACK应答; 当 UE在第一个 PUCCH 码道资源 (PUCCH, 0)上发送信号 " 0, 0" 表示第一个数据块对 应为 NACK应答, 第二个数据块对应 NACK应答。 需要说明的是, 表 1 中的 DTX ( Discontinuous Transmission, 不连续发送 ) 表示辅基 站向 UE只发送了 PDCCH资源, 而未发送 PDSCH资源, 导致在相应的 PUCCH 码道资源上没有数据传输, 由于本发明实施例假设辅基站向 UE 同时发送了 PDCCH资源和 PDSCH资源, 因此, 在本实施例中不涉 及 DTX的应答。
可选的, 主基站扫描各个 PUCCH码道资源; 若扫描得到所述第 ― PUCCH 码道资源中有信号; 解析所述第一码道资源中的信号从而 得到所述第一数据块的反馈。 主基站进行信息解析的规则与 UE发送 反馈的规则相对应, 具体可参见上述举例。 上述反馈的表示方法只 是示意性说明, 实际应用中可以根据具体情况预先设定。
步骤 709、 主基站向辅基站发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈。 可选的, 主基站接收的 UE的反馈可能有多个, 既包括 UE对主 基站直接发送( 即发送过程不包括其他设备的转发)给该 UE的数据 块的反馈, 也包括针对所述第一数据块的反馈, 主基站可以在接收 的反馈中排除主基站直接发送给该 UE的数据块的反馈, 将其余的反 馈作为针对所述第一数据块的反馈, 并发送给辅基站。
步骤 710、 辅基站根据针对所述第一数据块的反馈进行处理。 例如, 辅基站在接收所述主基站发送的所述第一数据块的反馈 后, 判断所述反馈中是否包括 NACK, 若所述反馈中包括 NACK, 所述 辅基站可以将第一重传数据重传给所述 UE。 示例的, 该辅基站可以 釆用 HARQ 方式将第一重传数据重传给所述 UE, 所述第一重传数据 包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。 此处, 第一重传 数据可以为所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
进一步的, 所述辅基站还可以判断所述重传是否失败; 若所述 辅基站确定所述重传失败, 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送指示所述 重传失败的信息以及与所述第一重传数据对应的序列号 ( SN ) 以便 于所述主基站重传所述第一重传数据给所述 UE, 所述指示所述重传 失败的信息用于触发所述主基站重传所述第一重传数据给所述 UE, 这样在辅基站第一次重传失败后, 主基站进行所述第一重传数据的 再次重传, 可以保证所述第一重传数据有效地发送给 UE, 减少数据 的发送失败率。
又如, 所述辅基站可以周期性检测是否接收到所述主基站发送 的反馈。 以一个周期的长度为预设时段为例, 若所述辅基站在所述 预设时段内从所述主基站接收所述反馈, 且所述反馈包括 NACK, 所 述辅基站还可以釆用 ARQ ( Automat ic Repeat-reQues t , 自动重传 请求) 方式将第二重传数据重传给所述 UE, 所述第二重传数据可以 包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块, 还可以包括所述 预设时间段内, 所述 UE 的其他反馈中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。 由于 ARQ是一种周期性重传的方式, 当辅基站釆用 ARQ 方式, 可以 减少停等次数, 提高数据传输效率。 示例的, 若预设时间段为 4 个 HARQ RTT的时间, 1个 HARQ RTT的时间为 8ms ,贝' J预设时间段为 32ms, 辅基站可以检测在 32ms 内是否接收到回馈信息; 若在预设时间段内 接收到回馈信息, 检测所述回馈信息中是否存在 NACK, 本发明假设 存在 4 个 NACK, 则辅基站通过 ARQ方式将所述 4 个 NACK对应的数 据重新发送给所述 UE。 再如, 所述辅基站可以设置有第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩 冲器。 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 且所述第一 HARQ 緩冲器中 的所有 HARQ 进程的状态均为占用状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程将第三重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述第 三重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 N A C K对应的数据块。
本实施例中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号与 所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应, 假设所述 第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发送所述第一数据 块给所述 UE , 则本实施例包括如下两种可能的实现方案。
第一种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为占用状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的其他进 程重传所述第三重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授 权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 ND I 值, 其中, 所述其他进程 与所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且 状态为空闲状态, 所述 ND I值与所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值不同。
第二种、 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为空闲状态, 所述辅基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程重传所述第三重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE发送 下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 ND I 值, 所述 ND I 值与所述辅基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值相同。
这样一来,通过增加辅基站中 HARQ緩冲器的个数,在第一 HARQ 緩冲器的所有 HARQ 进程均处于等待回馈信息状态, 釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器进行待传送数据的重传, 减少了数据传输过程中的停等现象, 避免停等产生的时延, 因此减少了数据传输的整体时延, 提供了数 据传输效率。
可选的, 在对重传数据进行重传的过程中, 辅基站通过不同方 式获取第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 所述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于 所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对重传数据的反馈。 例如, 辅基站向主 基站请求第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识; 又如, 主基站主动为辅基站 分配第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识。 以下进行详细说明。
如图 8所示, 辅基站向主基站请求第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识 的方法包括:
7111、 所述辅基站向所述主基站发送第二信息。
其中, 所述第二信息是在辅基站接收到所述反馈后生成的, 所 述第二信息包括第三 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 m、 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送的重传数据的数据块的个数 m和第二信道码字中的一种, 所 述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对重传数据 的反馈, 所述第二信道码字为所述重传数据的数据块对应的信道码 字。
可选的, 第三 PUCCH码道资源包括的 PUCCH码道资源的个数与 重传数据的数据块的个数相等, 因此, 由于辅基站已经确定了重传 数据的数据块的个数 m, 则相应的可以确定第三 PUCCH 码道资源的 个数为 m。 特别的, 数据块的个数 m 与码字也存在——对应关系, 示例的, 当数据块的个数为 1 时, 对应单码字, 当数据块个数为 2 时, 对应双码字。
可以理解的, 所述第二信息可以触发所述主基站为所述辅基站 分配第三 PUCCH 码道资源 (如步骤 7112 ), 因此所述第二信息可视 为用于请求 PUCCH码道资源。
7112、 所述主基站向所述辅基站发送 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源 的标识。
可以理解的, 本步骤中, 所述主基站根据所述第二信息确定分 配给所述辅基站的 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源, 然后向所述辅基站发 送所述 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识。 例如, 若所述第二信息包括第三 PUCC H码道资源的个数 m , 则 主基站可以直接确定第三 PUCCH 码道资源的个数为 m。 又如, 若所 述第一信息包括重传数据的数据块的个数 m , 则主基站可以相应确 定第一 PUCCH 码道资源的个数与所述重传数据的数据块的个数相 同, 即为 m。 再如, 所述第一信息包括第二信道码字时, 若第二信 道码字为双码字, 则主基站确定重传数据的数据块的个数为 2 , 若 第二信道码字为单码字, 则主基站确定重传数据的数据块的个数为 1 , 然后主基站将第三 PUCC H码道资源的个数确定为与所述重传数据 的数据块的个数相同。
UE接入主基站时, 主基站会对该 UE 配置预设个数的 PUCCH码 道资源, 该预设个数的 PUCCH 码道资源是根据预设标准配置的, 与 辅基站为该 UE配置的 PUCCH码道资源的标准相同, 主基站可以为辅 基站配置 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源, 也即在所述预设个数的 PUCCH 码道资源中选择 m个 PUCCH码道资源, 并获取该 m个 PUCC H码道资 源的标识作为第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 然后将 m 个所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识发送给辅基站。
7 1 1 3、所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所述 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源 的标识。
7 1 1 4、所述主基站通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收 针对所述重传数据的反馈。
所述反馈过程可以参考上述步骤 7 08。
7 1 1 5、 所述主基站将针对所述重传数据的反馈发送给所述辅基 站。
如图 9所示, 主基站主动为辅基站分配第三 PUCCH码道资源的 标识的方法包括:
8 01、所述主基站向所述辅基站发送 m个所述第三 PUCCH码道资 源的标识。 其中,所述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送 针对所述重传数据的反馈。
需要说明的是, 主基站可以在接收的反馈中排除主基站发送给 该 UE的数据块的反馈, 将其余的反馈作为针对所述第一数据块的反 馈, 然后确定该针对所述第一数据块的反馈是否有 NACK , 若存在 NACK , 为所述第一数据块中 NACK对应的数据块, 即重传数据分配第 三 PUCCH码道资源。 所述步骤 8 01与所述步骤 7 08 同时执行, 即主 基站在发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈时, 同时发送第三 PUCC H 码 道资源的标识, 而无需等待其他触发的出现再执行步骤 8 01。 这样 可以有效减少站间传输次数和时延。
8 02、 所述辅基站向所述 UE发送所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标 识。
8 03、 所述主基站通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收 针对所述重传数据的反馈。
所述反馈过程可以参考上述步骤 7 08。
8 04、 所述主基站将针对所述重传数据的反馈发送给所述辅基 站。
需要说明的是, 在执行上述步骤的过程中, 所述主基站可以接 收网关发送的业务, 并确定第二 PUCCH 码道资源, 所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源用于所述 UE向所述主基站发送针对第二数据块的反馈; 所 述主基站通过所述第一 RLC 层逻辑信道向所述 UE 发送所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所述 业务中业务类型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。
现有技术中, 主基站在接收到网关发送的业务后, 可以将同一 业务类型的业务数据的不同数据块分别发送给辅基站和 UE , 发送给 辅基站的数据块再由辅基站发送给 UE , 由于主基站和辅基站的站间 传输时延, 可能出现数据块的序号错乱。 而本发明实施例中, 通过 建立两个 RLC 层逻辑信道, 并进行相应的业务类型区分, 使得不同 业务类型的业务进行有效分流, 同一业务类型的数据块只通过同一 个 RLC 层逻辑信道发送, 避免了数据块的序号错乱, 提高了业务的 时效性。
进一步的, 所述主基站通过所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道向所述 UE 发送所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块可以与步骤 7 07 同时执行, 这样, 主基站和辅基站同时向所述 UE发送数据块, 可以实现主基站和辅基站的载波聚合, 提高数据传输系统的峰值吞 吐率。
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方法, 由于主基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 辅基站将所述 X 个第一 PUCCH码道资源的 标识和 X个第一数据块发送给 UE , 则主基站接收到所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和第一数据块时, 主基站已经获取了针对所述第一 数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得主基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和 转发, 从而提高了数据传输效率。
实施例七
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 该方法适用于包括第一 基站和 UE 的通信系统, 其中, 所述第一基站为 UE提供服务。 进一 步的, 该方法也适用于第一基站与第二基站同时为 UE提供服务的场 景, 例如, 上述实施例一至实施例六提供了该方法应用于 CA场景的 举例, 其中, 所述第一基站为所述 UE的主基站, 所述第二基站为所 述 UE的辅基站。
在本实施例中, 如图 1 0 所示, 所述方法包括如下步骤: 步骤 9 01、 第二基站确定第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程 的状态均为占用状态。
步骤 9 02、 所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE。 其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述第二基 站中设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器。 每个所述 HARQ緩冲器设置有预设个 数的 HARQ 进程, 一个 HARQ 緩冲器的 HARQ 进程个数与 TTI ( Transmission Time Interval, 发送时间间隔 ) 的个数相等。
这样一来, 通过在第二基站设置第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ 緩冲器,增加 HARQ緩冲器的个数,在第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ 进程的状态均为占用状态时, 釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程进行第二数据块的发送, 减少了数据传输过程中的停等现 象, 从而停等产生的时延, 因此提高了数据传输效率。
可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号与所述 第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应。
进一步的, 所述第二基站确定第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的所有 HARQ 进程的状态均为占用状态之前, 所述方法还包括: 所述第二基站釆 用第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第一数据块给 UE。
相应的,所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之前, 所述方法还包括: 所述第二基 站接收所述 UE针对所述第一数据块的反馈。 若所述反馈包括否定应 答 NACK, 所述第二数据块为所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK 对应的 数据块; 或者, 若所述反馈包括肯定应答 ACK, 所述第二数据块为 与所述第一数据块不同的数据块。
更进一步的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK, 且所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态为空闲状态, 所述第二基站釆用第 二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE包 括: 所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程 发送第二数据块给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI值, 所述 NDI值与所述第二基站上 一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。 可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK, 所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之后, 所 述方法还包括: 所述第二基站确定釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态 的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块失败; 所述第二基站向所述第一基站发 送指示所述失败的信息以及与所述第二数据块对应的序列号, 所述 指示所述失败的信息用于触发所述第一基站重传所述第二数据块给 所述 UE; 其中, 所述第二基站服务于所述 UE 的辅载波, 所述第一 基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 本实施例中, 所述第二基站接收所述 UE针对所述第一 数据块的反馈包括: 所述第二基站从第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述 反馈是所述 UE通过第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH码道资源发送 给所述第一基站的; 所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识是由所述第二 基站确定并发送给所述第一基站和所述 UE的,或者,所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识是所述第二基站向所述第一基站请求分配 PUCCH 码 道资源之后从所述第一基站接收到的。
实施例八
以下以实施例八为例, 对实施例七提供的方法做进一步说明, 本实施例可以与上述实施例一至实施例六相互参照补充。 可以理解 的, 本实施例适用于 CA 场景时, 所述第二基站可以服务于所述 UE 的辅载波, 所述第一基站可以服务于所述 UE的主载波。
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 如图 11所示, 所述方法 包括如下步骤:
步骤 1001、 所述第二基站釆用第一 HARQ 緩冲器中进程号为 y 的 HARQ进程发送第一数据块给 UE。
步骤 1002、 所述第二基站接收所述 UE针对所述第一数据块的 反馈。
可选的, 所述第二基站从第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈是 所述 UE通过第一 PUCCH码道资源发送给所述第一基站的。 其中, 所 述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识是由所述第二基站确定并发送给所述 第一基站和所述 UE的, 或者, 所述第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识是所 述第二基站向所述第一基站请求分配 PUCCH 码道资源之后从所述第 一基站接收到的。 具体过程可以参考实施例三和实施例七中的相应 描述, 本实施例不再详述。
步骤 1 003、 所述第二基站确定第二数据块。
其中, 第二数据块可以分为两种类型, 分别为新传数据和重传 数据, 其中, 新传数据为第一次传输给 UE的数据, 重传数据为第二 次或第二次以上传输给 UE的数据。
可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK , 所述第二数据块为所述第一数 据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块, 则此时第二数据块为重传数据; 或者, 若所述反馈包括肯定应答 ACK , 所述第二数据块为与所述第 一数据块不同的数据块, 则此时, 所述第二数据块为新传数据。
可选的, 本发明实施例中, 需要传输给 UE的数据可以緩存在第 一基站或第二基站的 RLC层, 在所述 UE的优先级大于其他接入所述 第二基站的 UE的优先级时, 第二基站在本地 RLC层緩存的业务或者 第一基站 RLC 层中緩存的业务获取第二数据, 则所述第二数据为新 传数据; 在数据第一次传输给 UE后, 该数据緩存在第一基站或第二 基站的 MAC 层, 第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的反馈, 若所述反 馈中包括 NACK , 在 MAC 层获取所述 NACK对应的数据作为所述重传 数据。 因此, 若第二基站获取的第二数据来自 RLC 层, 则该数据为 新传数据, 若第二基站获取的第二数据来自 MAC 层, 则该数据为重 传数据。
步骤 1 004、 第二基站确定第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程 的状态均为占用状态。
本发明实施例中, HARQ 緩冲器的 HARQ 进程的状态通常可以分 为两种, 一种是空闲状态, 即没有被数据占用; 一种为占用状态, 即 HARQ緩冲器釆用该 HARQ进程进行了数据传输, 该 HARQ进程被数 据占用, 并等待相应的回馈信息。 通常的, 每个 HARQ进程能够传输 2个数据块。
步骤 1005、 所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE。
其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述第二基 站中设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器, 可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号与所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号 ——对应。
可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK, 且所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中进 程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态为空闲状态, 则所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI值,所述 NDI值与所述第二基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI( New Data Index, 新传数据指示) 值相同。
可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK, 且所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中进 程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态为占用状态, 则所述第二基站釆用所述 第二 HARQ 緩冲器中的其他进程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE, 并向 所述 UE发送下行调度授权消息,所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI值, 其中, 所述其他进程的进程号不为 y, 且状态为空闲状态, 所述 NDI 值与所述第二基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值不同。
需要说明的是, NDI 值用于指示传输的数据是否为新传数据, 若 NDI值与第二基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同, 则指示当 前传输数据为重传数据, 若 NDI值与第二基站上一次发送给所述 UE 的 NDI值不同,则指示当前传输数据为新传数据, UE根据接收到 NDI 值, 判断相应的第二数据块是否为新传数据。 特别的, 若所述反馈 包括 NACK , 且所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状 态为占用状态时, 由于第二基站釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的其他 进程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE , 虽然第二基站侧实际执行的是第 二数据块的重传, 即第二基站能够确定所述第二数据块为重传数据, 但是, 第二基站在所述下行调度授权消息携带新的 ND I值, 则 UE收 到该 ND I 值后, 确定所述第二数据块为新传数据, 釆用新传数据的 处理方式对应该第二数据块进行处理, 本发明对此不再详述。
通常的, 釆用 Q和 1 来标识传输的数据是否为新传数据, 示例 的,若当前接收的 ND I值为 0 ,第二基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I 值为 0 , 则 UE认为当前接收的数据为重传数据, 若第二基站上一次 发送给所述 UE 的 ND I 值为 1 , 则 UE认为当前接收的数据为新传数 据。
步骤 1 006、 所述第二基站确定釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状 态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块失败。
步骤 1 007、 所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送指示所述失败的 信息以及与所述第二数据块对应的 SN , 所述指示所述失败的信息用 于触发所述第一基站重传所述第二数据块给所述 UE。
步骤 1 008、 所述第一基站重传所述第二数据块给所述 UE。
第一基站可以根据第二数据块对应的序列号 ( SN ) 在第一基站 中查询获取相应的第一重传数据, 并通过 ARQ重传方式重传给 UE。 这样在第二基站第一次重传失败后, 第一基站进行所述第一重传数 据的再次重传, 可以保证所述第一重传数据有效地发送给 UE , 减少 数据的发送失败率。
特别的, 第二基站中还可以设置与第一、 二 HARQ緩冲器不同的 HARQ緩冲器作为备用 HARQ緩冲器, 当第一和第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态, 釆用该备用 HARQ緩冲器中空 闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给 UE。 需要说明的是, 本实施例提供的数据传输方法步骤的先后顺序 可以进行适当调整, 步骤也可以根据情况进行相应增减, 具体步骤 也可以结合上述实施例和实施例七中的步骤进行调整, 任何熟悉本 技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易想到变化 的方法, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内, 因此不再赘述。
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方法, 通过在第二基站设置第一
HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器, 增加 HARQ緩冲器的个数, 在第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的所有 HARQ 进程的状态均为占用状态时, 釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程进行第二数据块的发送, 减少 了数据传输过程中的停等现象, 从而停等产生的时延, 因此提高了 数据传输效率。
本发明还提供用于实现上述实施例提供的数据传输方法的装置 和系统, 以下^夺举例说明。
实施例九
本发明实施例提供一种基站 01 , 如图 1 2 所示, 包括发送单元 01 1和接收单元 01 2 , 其中:
所述发送单元 01 1 用于在第一时刻, 向第一基站发送第一物理 上行链路控制信道 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 以便于所述第一基站确 定通过所述第一 PUCC H码道资源接收用户设备 UE发送的针对第一数 据块的反馈;
所述发送单元 01 1还用于在第二时刻,向所述 UE发送所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数据块;
所述接收单元 01 2用于从所述第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反 馈是所述第一基站通过所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源从所述 UE 接收到 的;
其中, 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与 所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T大于或等于所述基站 01与所述第一基站 之间进行一次传输的时延 t, 所述基站 01服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 如图 13所示, 所述基站 01还可以包括:
确定单元 013, 用于在所述第一时刻之前, 确定 X , 所述 X为所 述第一数据块的个数, 且, 所述接收单元 012 还用于接收并緩存所 述第一基站发送的业务;
获取单元 014, 用于在所述第二时刻之前, 从所述緩存的业务 中获取所述 X个第一数据块。
可选的, 如图 14所示, 所述基站 01 可以包括:
确定单元 013 用于在所述第一时刻之前, 确定 X , 所述 X为所 述第一数据块的个数; 所述发送单元 011 还用于在所述第一时刻, 向所述第一基站发送所述 X; 所述接收单元 012 还用于在所述第二 时刻之前, 接收所述第一基站发送的所述 X个第一数据块。
可选的, 在满足第一条件时, 所述获取单元 014用于从所述緩 存的业务中获取所述 X个第一数据块, 或者, 所述发送单元 011 向 所述第一基站发送所述 X; 其中, 所述第一条件包括: 所述 UE的优 先级高于其他接入所述基站 01 的 UE 的优先级。 可选的, 所述第一 条件还可以包括: 所述业务的优先级高于所述基站 01发送给所述其 他接入所述基站 01 的 UE的消息的优先级。
可选的, 所述基站 01 与第一基站的一次站间单向传输时延 t 满足如下公式:
t = tl * A + B;
其中, tl为所述第一基站和所述基站 01之间的理论传输时延, 所述 A为调整所述 tl 的常数, 所述 B为所述 tl 的偏置常数。
可选的, 如图 15所示, 所述基站 01还可以包括:
第一重传单元 015用于当所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK时,将重 传数据重传给所述 UE, 所述重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块;
判断单元 016用于确定所述重传是否失败;
指示单元 017用于当所述判断单元 016确定所述重传失败时, 向所述第一基站发送指示所述重传失败的信息以及与所述重传数据 对应的序列号, 所述指示所述重传失败的信息用于触发所述第一基 站重传所述重传数据给所述 UE。
可选的, 如图 16所示, 所述基站 01还可以包括:
第二重传单元 018用于当在预设时段内从所述第一基站接收所 述反馈, 且所述反馈包括 NACK时, 釆用 自动重传请求 ARQ方式将重 传数据重传给所述 UE, 所述重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
可选的, 如图 17 所示, 所述基站 01 还包括第一 HARQ緩冲器 0191 和第二 HARQ緩冲器 0192, 和第三重传单元 019; 所述基站 01 还可以包括:
第三重传单元 019用于当所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK, 且所述 第一 HARQ緩冲器 0191 中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态时, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 0192 中的 HARQ进程将重传数据重传给所 述 UE, 所述重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK 对应的数 据块。
其中, 可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器 0191 中的 HARQ进程的进 程号与所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器 0192 中的 HARQ 进程的进程号——对 应;
当所述第一 HARQ緩冲器 0191 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发 送所述第一数据块给所述 UE时, 所述第三重传单元 019 可以具体用 于:
若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 0192中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为占用状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 0192 中的其他进程重传所 述重传数据给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所述 下行调度授权消息携带 NDI值,其中,所述其他进程与所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且状态为空闲状态, 所述 NDI值与所述基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值不同; 或者, 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 0192中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为空闲状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 0192 中进程号为 y的 HARQ 进程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权 消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI 值, 所述 NDI值与所述基站 上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。
这样一来, 由于在第一时刻, 发送单元向第一基站发送第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 则在第一时刻和第二时刻的中间时刻, 第 一基站便收到了第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 保证了在第二时刻, 即基站向 UE发送所述第 ― PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数据块时, 第一基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得 第一基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输效 率。
实施例十
本发明实施例提供一种基站 02, 如图 18 所示, 包括接收单元 022和发送单元 021 , 其中:
所述接收单元 021 用于接收第二基站在第一时刻发送的第一物 理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH码道资源的标识;
所述接收单元 022, 还用于通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收 用户设备 UE发送的反馈, 所述反馈为所述 UE针对所述第二基站在 第二时刻发送的第一数据块的反馈;
所述发送单元 021用于将所述反馈发送给所述第二基站; 其中, 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与 所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T大于或等于所述第二基站与基站 02之间 进行一次传输的时延 t , 所述第二基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所 述基站 02服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述接收单元 02 1 , 还用于在所述第一时刻之前, 接 收所述 UE或网关发送的业务承载建立请求, 所述业务承载建立请求 用于请求建立所述 UE、 所述网关与所述基站 02的业务承载;
如图 1 9所示, 所述基站 02还可以包括:
信道建立单元 02 3 , 用于建立第一无线链路控制层 RLC 层逻辑 信道和第二 RLC层逻辑信道, 所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道用于所述基 站与所述 UE之间的传输, 所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道用于所述基站与 所述第二基站之间的传输。
可选的, 本实施例中, 所述接收单元 02 1还用于接收所述网关 发送的业务; 所述发送单元 022 还用于在所述第一时刻之前, 将所 述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的业务通过所述第二 RLC 层逻 辑信道发送给所述第二基站。 或者, 本实施例中, 所述接收单元 02 1 还用于接收所述第二基站在所述第一时刻发送的 X , 所述 X 为所述 第二基站在第二时刻向 UE发送的第一数据块的个数; 且如图 2 0 所 示, 所述基站 02还可以包括: 获取单元 024 , 用于在所述第二时刻 之前, 在所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的业务中获取 X 个 第一数据块, 并由所述发送单元 022通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道 将所述 X个第一数据块发送给所述第二基站。
可选的, 本实施例中, 所述接收单元 02 1还用于接收所述网关 发送的业务; 且如图 2 1所示, 所述基站 02还包括: 确定单元 02 5 , 用于确定第二 PUCCH码道资源, 所述第二 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE 向所述基站 02 发送针对第二数据块的反馈; 所述发送单元 02 2 还用于通过所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道向所述 UE发送所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所述业务中 业务类型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。 可选的, 所述第二基站与所述基站的一次站间单向传输时延 t 满足如下公式:
t = tl * A + B;
其中, tl为所述基站 02和所述第二基站之间的理论传输时延, 所述 A为调整所述 tl 的常数, 所述 B为所述 tl 的偏置常数。
可选的, 本发明实施例中, 所述接收单元 021还用于在所述基 站 02将所述反馈发送给所述第二基站之后, 接收所述第二基站发送 的指示重传失败的信息以及与重传数据对应的序列号, 所述指示重 传失败的信息是所述第二基站在所述反馈包括 NACK, 且所述第二基 站将所述重传数据重传给所述 UE 失败之后发送给所述基站 G2 的; 可选的, 如图 22 所示, 所述基站 02 还包括: 重传单元 026, 用于 重传所述重传数据给所述 UE, 所述重传数据为所述第一数据块中与 所述 NACK对应的数据块。
由于第二时刻之前, 接收单元便收到了第一 PUCCH码道资源的 标识, 保证了在第二时刻, 即第二基站向 UE发送所述第一 PUCCH码 道资源的标识和第一数据块时, 基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据 块的反馈的解调依据, 使得基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输效率。
实施例十一
本发明实施例还提供另一种基站 03, 如图 23, 包括: 总线 031, 以及连接在所述总线 031 上的存储器 033 和处理器 034。 可选的, 所述基站 03还包括连接在所述总线 031上的通信接口 032, 用于与 其他网元通信, 例如, 所述处理器 034 通过该通信接口 032执行包 括发送和接收等动作。
本实施例中, 所述存储器 033用于存储计算机指令 0331; 所述 处理器 034执行所述计算机 0331指令用于:
在第一时刻 , 向第一基站发送第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 以便于所述第一基站确定通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收用户设备 UE发送的针对第一数据块的反馈; 在第二时刻,向所述 UE发送所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 第一数据块;
从所述第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈是所述第一基站通过 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收到的;
其中, 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与 所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T大于或等于所述基站 03与所述第一基站 之间进行一次传输的时延 t, 所述基站 03服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述处理器 034执行所述计算机指令 0331还用于: 在所述第一时刻之前, 确定 X , 所述 X 为所述第一数据块的个 数, 且, 接收并緩存所述第一基站发送的业务; 在所述第二时刻之 前, 从所述緩存的业务中获取所述 X个第一数据块; 或者,
在所述第一时刻之前, 确定 X , 所述 X 为所述第一数据块的个 数; 在所述第一时刻, 向所述第一基站发送所述 X; 在所述第二时 刻之前, 接收所述第一基站发送的所述 X个第一数据块。
可选的, 所述处理器 034执行所述计算机 0331指令用于: 在满足第一条件时, 从所述緩存的业务中获取所述 X个第一数 据块, 或者, 向所述第一基站发送所述 X; 其中, 所述第一条件包 括: 所述 UE的优先级高于其他接入所述基站 03的 UE的优先级。 可 选的, 所述第一条件还包括: 所述业务的优先级高于所述基站 03发 送给所述其他接入所述基站 03的 UE的消息的优先级。
可选的, 所述基站与所述第一基站的一次站间单向传输时延 t 满足如下公式:
t = tl * A + B;
其中, tl为所述第一基站和所述基站 03之间的理论传输时延, 所述 A为调整所述 t l 的常数, 所述 B为所述 t l 的偏置常数。
可选的, 所述处理器 034执行所述计算机 0 3 31指令还用于: 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所 述重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块;
确定所述重传是否失败;
若确定所述重传失败, 向所述第一基站发送指示所述重传失败 的信息以及与所述重传数据对应的序列号, 所述指示所述重传失败 的信息用于触发所述第一基站重传所述重传数据给所述 UE。
可选的, 所述处理器 034执行所述计算机指令 0 3 31用于: 若所述基站 03在预设时段内从所述第一基站接收所述反馈,且 所述反馈包括 NACK , 则釆用 自动重传请求 ARQ方式将重传数据重传 给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK 对应 的数据块。
可选的, 所述基站 03 还包括: 第一 HARQ 緩冲器和第二 HARQ 緩冲器; 例如, 所述存储器还包括第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ 緩冲器。 相应的, 所述处理器 034执行所述计算机指令 0 3 31用于: 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 且所述第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的 所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态, 则釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 中的 HARQ 进程将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述 第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
其中, 可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号 与所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应;
若所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发送所 述第一数据块给所述 UE , 所述处理器 034执行所述计算机指令 G 3 31 用于:
若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态为占 用状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中的其他进程重传所述重传数据 给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授 权消息携带 ND I值, 其中, 所述其他进程与所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中 进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且状态为空闲状态, 所述 ND I 值与所述基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值不同; 或者,
若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态为空 闲状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y 的 HARQ进程重传 所述重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所 述下行调度授权消息携带 ND I值, 所述 ND I值与所述基站上一次发 送给所述 UE的 ND I值相同。
这样一来, 由于在第一时刻,处理器向第一基站发送第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 则在第一时刻和第二时刻的中间时刻, 第一基站 便收到了第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 保证了在第二时刻, 即基站 向 UE发送所述第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识和第一数据块时, 第一基 站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得第一基 站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输效率。
实施例十二
本发明实施例提供一种基站 04 ,如图 24所示, 包括: 总线 04 1 , 以及连接在所述总线 04 1 上存储器 04 3 和处理器 044。 可选的, 所 述基站 04还包括连接在所述总线 04 1上的通信接口 042 , 用于与其 他网元通信, 例如, 所述处理器 044通过该通信接口 042执行包括 发送和接收等动作。
本实施例中, 所述存储器 04 3用于存储计算机指令 04 31 ; 所述 处理器 04 3执行所述计算机指令 04 31用于:
接收第二基站在第一时刻发送的第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH码道资源的标识;
通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收用户设备 UE发送的反馈,所 述反馈为所述 UE 针对所述第二基站在第二时刻发送的第一数据块 的反馈;
将所述反馈发送给所述第二基站;
其中, 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后, 且所述第二时刻与 所述第一时刻之间的间隔 T大于或等于所述第二基站与基站 04之间 进行一次传输的时延 t, 所述第二基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所 述基站 04服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述处理器 04执行所述计算机指令 0431还用于: 在所述第一时刻之前,接收所述 UE或网关发送的业务承载建立 请求, 所述业务承载建立请求用于请求建立所述 UE、 所述网关与所 述基站 04 的业务承载;
建立第一无线链路控制层 RLC层逻辑信道和第二 RLC层逻辑信 道, 所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道用于所述基站 04 与所述 UE之间的传 输, 所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道用于所述基站 04与所述第二基站之间 的传输。
可选的, 所述处理器 044执行所述计算机指令 0431还用于: 接 收所述网关发送的业务; 在所述第一时刻之前, 将所述业务中业务 类型为非时延敏感数据的业务通过所述第二 RLC 层逻辑信道发送给 所述第二基站, 或者, 接收所述第二基站在所述第一时刻发送的 X , 所述 X为所述第二基站在第二时刻向 UE发送的第一数据块的个数, 在所述第二时刻之前, 在所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的 业务中获取 X个第一数据块, 并通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道将所 述 X个第一数据块发送给所述第二基站。
可选的, 所述处理器 04执行所述计算机指令 0431还用于: 接 收所述网关发送的业务; 确定第二 PUCCH码道资源, 所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源用于所述 UE 向所述基站 04发送针对第二数据块的反馈; 通过所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道向所述 UE发送所述第二 PUCCH码道资 源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所述业务中业务类 型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。
可选的, 所述第二基站与基站 04 的一次站间单向传输时延 t 满足如下公式:
t = t l * A + B ;
其中, t l为所述基站 04和所述第二基站之间的理论传输时延, 所述 A为调整所述 t l 的常数, 所述 B为所述 t l 的偏置常数。
可选的, 所述处理器 04执行所述计算机指令 04 31还用于: 在所述基站 04将所述反馈发送给所述第二基站之后,接收所述 第二基站发送的指示重传失败的信息以及与重传数据对应的序列 号,所述指示重传失败的信息是所述第二基站在所述反馈包括 NACK , 且所述第二基站将所述重传数据重传给所述 UE 失败之后发送给所 述基站 04 的;
重传所述重传数据给所述 UE , 所述重传数据为所述第一数据块 中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
这样一来, 由于第二时刻之前, 处理器便收到了第一 PUCCH码 道资源的标识, 保证了在第二时刻, 即第二基站向 UE发送所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和第一数据块时, 基站已经获取了针对所述 第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得基站能够进行反馈的及时解调 和转发, 从而提高了数据传输效率。
实施例十三
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输系统, 包括实施例九中任意所 述的基站, 和实施例十中任意所述的基站。
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输系统, 包括实施例十一中任意 所述的基站, 和实施例十二中任意所述的基站。
实施例十四
本发明实施例提供一种基站 05 , 如图 25 所示, 包括发送单元 05 1和接收单元 052 , 其中: 所述发送单元 05 1 用于向第一基站发送第一信息, 所述第一信 息包括第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 x、 所述 基站向所述用户设备 UE发送的第一数据块的个数 X和第一信道码字 中的一种, 以便于所述第一基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标 识和 X个第一数据块, 其中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE 向所述第一基站发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈, 所述第一信道码 字为 X个第一数据块对应的信道码字;
所述接收单元 052用于接收所述第一基站发送的所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块;
所述发送单元 05 1 还用于向所述 UE 发送所述 X 个第一 PUCC H 码道资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块;
所述接收单元 052还用于从所述第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述 反馈是所述第一基站通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收到 的;
其中, 所述基站 05服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服 务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述发送单元 05 1 具体用于: 所述基站确定所述 UE 的优先级高于所述其他接入所述基站的 UE的优先级时, 向第一基站 发送所述第一信息。
可选的, 如图 26所示, 所述基站 05还包括:
第一重传单元 05 3 , 用于若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 将重 传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述 X个数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块;
判断单元 054 , 用于确定所述重传是否失败;
指示单元 055 , 用于若确定所述重传失败, 向所述第一基站发 送指示所述重传失败的信息以及与所述重传数据对应的序列号, 所 述指示所述重传失败的信息用于触发所述第一基站重传所述重传数 据给所述 UE。
可选的, 如图 27所示, 所述基站 05还包括:
第二重传单元 056 , 用于当所述基站在预设时段内从所述第一 基站接收所述反馈, 且所述反馈包括 NACK 时, 釆用 自动重传请求 ARQ方式将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述 X个数 据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
可选的, 如图 28所示, 所述基站 05还包括第一混合自动重传 请求 HARQ緩冲器 05 7、 第二 HARQ緩冲器 058 , 和第三重传单元 059 ; 所述第三重传单元 059用于当所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 且 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器 05 7 中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态 时, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 058 中的 HARQ进程将重传数据重传 给所述 UE , 其中, 所述重传数据包括所述 X 个数据块中所述 NACK 对应的数据块。
可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器 057 中的 HARQ进程的进程号与 所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 05 8 中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应;
若所述第一 HARQ緩冲器 057 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发 送所述第一数据块给所述 UE , 所述第三重传单元 059具体用于: 若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 058 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为占用状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 058 中的其他进程重传所述 重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下 行调度授权消息携带 ND I值, 其中, 所述其他进程与所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器 05 8 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且状态为空闲状 态, 所述 ND I值与所述基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值不同; 或 者,
若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 058 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为空闲状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 05 8 中进程号为 y 的 HARQ 进程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权 消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI 值, 所述 NDI值与所述基站 上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。
可选的, 所述发送单元 051还用于向所述第一基站发送第二信 息, 所述第二信息包括第三 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 m、 所述基站向 所述 UE 发送的重传数据的数据块的个数 m 和第二信道码字中的一 种, 以便于所述第一基站确定所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 所 述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述第一基站发送针对重传数 据的反馈, 所述第二信道码字为所述重传数据的数据块对应的信道 码字; 相应的, 所述接收单元 052 还用于接收所述第一基站发送的 所述 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识; 所述发送单元 051还用于向 所述 UE 发送所述 m 个第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识; 所述接收单元 052 还用于从所述第一基站接收针对所述重传数据的反馈, 所述针 对重传数据的反馈是所述第一基站通过所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源从 所述 UE接收到的。
可选的, 所述反馈包括 NACK, 所述接收单元 052具体用于: 从 所述第一基站接收所述反馈和第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 所述第 三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述第一基站发送针对所述重传数 据的反馈; 相应的, 所述发送单元 051还用于向所述 UE发送所述第 三 PUCCH码道资源的标识; 所述接收单元 052还用于从所述第一基 站接收针对所述重传数据的反馈, 所述重传数据的反馈是所述第一 基站通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收到的。
这样一来,由于第一基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 发送单元将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块 发送给 UE, 则第一基站接收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第 一数据块时, 第一基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解 调依据, 使得第一基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高 了数据传输效率。 实施例十五
本发明实施例提供一种基站 06 , 如图 29 所示, 包括接收单元 06 1和发送单元 062 , 其中:
所述接收单元 06 1 用于接收第二基站发送的第一信息, 所述第 一信息包括第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 x、 所述第二基站向所述用户设备 UE发送的第一数据块的个数 X和第一 信道码字中的一种, 其中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向 所述基站发送针对所述第一数据块的反馈, 所述第一信道码字为 X 个第一数据块对应的信道码字;
所述发送单元 062用于向所述第二基站发送 X个第一 PUCCH码 道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块, 以便于所述第二基站向所述 UE发 送所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块;
所述接收单元 06 1还用于通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收所 述 UE发送的所述反馈;
所述发送单元 062还用于将所述反馈发送给所述第二基站; 其中, 所述第二基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述基站 06服 务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述接收单元 06 1还用于在接收第二基站发送的第一 信息之前, 接收所述 UE或网关发送的业务承载建立请求, 所述业务 承载建立请求用于请求建立所述 UE、 所述网关与所述基站之间的业 务承载; 且如图 30所示, 所述基站 06还包括: 信道建立单元 06 3 , 用于建立第一无线链路控制 RLC层逻辑信道和第二 RLC层逻辑信道, 所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道用于所述基站与所述 UE之间的传输, 所述 第二 RLC层逻辑信道用于所述基站与所述第二基站之间的传输。
可选的,所述接收单元 06 1还用于 06接收所述网关发送的业务; 且如图 31 所示, 所述基站 06 还包括: 获取单元 064 , 用于在所述 业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据的业务中获取所述 X 个第一数据 块, 并确定所述 x个第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识; 相应的, 所述发 送单元 062还用于向所述第二基站发送 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的 标识和 X个第一数据块包括: 所述发送单元 062还用于将所述 X个 第 ― PUCC H码道资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块通过所述第二 RLC 层逻辑信道发送给所述第二基站。
可选的, 所述接收单元 06 1还用于接收所述网关发送的业务; 且如图 32 所示, 所述基站 06 还包括: 确定单元 06 5 , 用于确定第 二 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 所述第二 PUCC H码道资源用于所述 UE向 所述基站发送针对第二数据块的反馈; 相应的, 所述发送单元 062 还用于通过所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道向所述 UE发送所述第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所述业务中 业务类型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。
可选的, 所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 在将所述反馈发送给所 述第二基站之后, 所述接收单元 06 1 还用于接收所述第二基站发送 的指示重传失败的信息以及与重传数据对应的序列号, 所述指示重 传失败的信息是所述第二基站在所述反馈包括 NACK , 且所述第二基 站将所述重传数据重传给所述 UE失败之后发送给所述基站的; 且如 图 3 3 所示, 所述基站 06 还包括: 重传单元 066 , 用于重传所述重 传数据给所述 UE , 所述重传数据包括所述 X个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
可选的, 所述反馈包括 NACK , 在将所述反馈发送给所述第二基 站之后, 所述接收单元 06 1 还用于接收所述第二基站发送的第二信 息, 所述第二信息包括第三 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 m、 所述第二基 站向所述 UE发送的重传数据的数据块的个数 m和第二信道码字中的 一种, 其中, 所述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述基站发送 针对重传数据的反馈, 所述第二信道码字为所述重传数据的数据块 对应的信道码字, 所述重传数据包括所述 X 个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 相应的, 所述发送单元 062还用于向所述第二 基站发送 m个所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 以便于所述第二基 站向所述 UE发送所述 m个第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识; 所述接收单 元 06 1还用于通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收针对所述 重传数据的反馈; 所述发送单元 06 2 还用于将所述针对重传数据的 反馈发送给所述第二基站。
可选的, 所述反馈包括 NACK , 所述发送单元 062具体用于: 向 所述第二基站发送所述反馈和第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 以便于 所述第二基站向所述 UE发送所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 所述 第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述基站发送针对重传数据的反 馈, 所述重传数据包括所述 X个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数 据块, 且由所述第二基站发送给 UE ; 相应的, 所述接收单元 06 1还 用于通过所述第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收针对所述重传数据 的反馈; 所述发送单元 06 2 还用于将针对所述重传数据的反馈发送 给所述第二基站。
这样一来, 由于基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 辅 基站将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块发送 给 UE , 则接收单元接收到所述第一 PUCC H码道资源的标识和第一数 据块时, 基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输效 率。
实施例十六
本发明实施例提供一种基站 07 ,如图 34所示, 包括: 总线 07 1 , 以及连接在所述总线 07 1 上的存储器 07 3 和处理器 074。 可选的, 所述基站 07还包括连接在所述总线 07 1上的通信接口 072 , 用于与 其他网元通信, 例如, 所述处理器 074 通过该通信接口 07 2执行包 括发送和接收等动作。 本实施例中, 所述存储器 07 3用于存储计算机指令 07 31 ; 所述 处理器 074执行所述计算机指令 07 31用于:
向第一基站发送第一信息, 所述第一信息包括第一物理上行链 路控制信道 PUCCH码道资源的个数 x、 所述基站向所述用户设备 UE 发送的第一数据块的个数 X 和第一信道码字中的一种, 以便于所述 第一基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块, 其中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述第一基站发送针 对所述第一数据块的反馈, 所述第一信道码字为 X 个第一数据块对 应的信道码字;
接收所述第一基站发送的所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识 和所述 X个第一数据块;
向所述 UE 发送所述 X 个第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述 X 个第一数据块;
从所述第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈是所述第一基站通过 所述第一 PUCC H码道资源从所述 UE接收到的;
其中, 所述基站 07服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服 务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述处理器 074执行所述计算机指令 07 31还用于: 确 定所述 UE 的优先级高于所述其他接入所述基站 07 的 UE 的优先级 时, 向第一基站发送所述第一信息。
可选的, 所述处理器 074执行所述计算机指令 07 31用于: 若所 述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数 据包括所述 X个数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 确定所述重传 是否失败; 若确定所述重传失败, 向所述第一基站发送指示所述重 传失败的信息以及与所述重传数据对应的序列号, 所述指示所述重 传失败的信息用于触发所述第一基站重传所述重传数据给所述 UE。
可选的, 所述处理器 074执行所述计算机指令 07 31用于: 若在 预设时段内从所述第一基站接收所述反馈, 且所述反馈包括 NACK , 釆用 自动重传请求 ARQ方式将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 所述重传数 据包括所述 X个数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
可选的, 如图 35 所示, 所述基站 07 , 例如存储器 07 3 中, 还 包括第一混合自动重传请求 HARQ 緩冲器 07 32 和第二 HARQ 緩冲器 07 3 3 ; 所述处理器 07 31 执行所述计算机指令 07 31 用于: 若所述反 馈包括否定应答 NACK , 且所述第一 HARQ緩冲器 07 32 中的所有 HARQ 进程的状态均为占用状态,釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 07 3 3中的 HARQ 进程将重传数据重传给所述 UE , 其中, 所述重传数据包括所述 X个 数据块中所述 NACK对应的数据块。
可选的,所述第一 HARQ緩冲器 07 32 中的 HARQ进程的进程号与 所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 07 3 3 中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应; 若所 述第一 HARQ緩冲器 07 32 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程用于发送所述第 一数据块给所述 UE , 所述处理器 G 74 执行所述计算机指令 G 7 31 用 于:
若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 07 3 3中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为占用状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 07 3 3 中的其他进程重传所 述重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所述 下行调度授权消息携带 ND I值,其中,所述其他进程与所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器 07 3 3 中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程为不同进程, 且状态为空闲 状态, 所述 ND I值与所述基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值不同; 或者,
若所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 07 3 3中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为空闲状态, 釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器 07 3 3 中进程号为 y的 HARQ 进程重传所述重传数据给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权 消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 ND I 值, 所述 ND I值与所述基站 上一次发送给所述 UE的 ND I值相同。 可选的, 所述处理器 074执行所述计算机指令 07 31用于: 向所 述第一基站发送第二信息, 所述第二信息包括第三 PUCCH 码道资源 的个数 m、 所述基站向所述 UE发送的重传数据的数据块的个数 m和 第二信道码字中的一种, 以便于所述第一基站确定所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 所述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述第一 基站发送针对重传数据的反馈, 所述第二信道码字为所述重传数据 的数据块对应的信道码字; 接收所述第一基站发送的所述 m 个第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识; 向所述 UE发送所述 m个第三 PUCCH码道资 源的标识; 从所述第一基站接收针对所述重传数据的反馈, 所述针 对重传数据的反馈是所述第一基站通过所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源从 所述 UE接收到的。
可选的, 所述反馈包括 NACK , 所述处理器 074执行所述计算机 指令 07 31具体用于: 从所述第一基站接收所述反馈和第三 PUCCH码 道资源的标识, 所述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述第一基 站发送针对所述重传数据的反馈; 相应的, 所述处理器 074 执行所 述计算机指令 07 31还用于: 向所述 UE发送所述第三 PUCCH码道资 源的标识; 从所述第一基站接收针对所述重传数据的反馈, 所述重 传数据的反馈是所述第一基站通过所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源从所述 UE接收到的。
这样一来,由于第一基站确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 处理器将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块发 送给 UE , 则第一基站接收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一 数据块时, 第一基站已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调 依据, 使得第一基站能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了 数据传输效率。
实施例十七
本发明实施例提供一种基站 08 ,如图 36所示, 包括: 总线 08 1 , 以及连接在所述总线 08 1 上的存储器 08 3 和处理器 084。 可选的, 所述基站 08还包括连接在所述总线 08 1上的通信接口 082 , 用于与 其他网元通信, 例如, 所述处理器 084 通过该通信接口 08 2执行包 括发送和接收等动作。
本实施例中, 所述存储器 08 3用于存储计算机指令 08 31 ; 所述 处理器 084执行所述计算机指令 08 31用于:
接收第二基站发送的第一信息, 所述第一信息包括第一物理上 行链路控制信道 PUCCH 码道资源的个数 x、 所述第二基站向所述用 户设备 UE发送的第一数据块的个数 X和第一信道码字中的一种, 其 中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述基站发送针对所述 第一数据块的反馈, 所述第一信道码字为 X 个第一数据块对应的信 道码字;
向所述第二基站发送 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第 一数据块, 以便于所述第二基站向所述 UE发送所述 X个第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块;
通过所述第一 PUCCH码道资源接收所述 UE发送的所述反馈; 将所述反馈发送给所述第二基站;
其中, 所述第二基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述基站 08服 务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 在所述基站 08接收第二基站发送的第一信息之前, 所 述处理器 084执行所述计算机指令 08 3 1 用于: 接收所述 UE或网关 发送的业务承载建立请求, 所述业务承载建立请求用于请求建立所 述 UE、 所述网关与所述基站之间的业务承载; 建立第一无线链路控 制 RLC层逻辑信道和第二 RLC层逻辑信道, 所述第一 RLC层逻辑信 道用于所述基站与所述 UE之间的传输, 所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道用 于所述基站与所述第二基站之间的传输。
可选的, 所述处理器 084执行所述计算机指令 08 31还用于: 接 收所述网关发送的业务; 在所述业务中业务类型为非时延敏感数据 的业务中获取所述 X个第一数据块, 并确定所述 X个第一 PUCCH码 道资源的标识; 相应的, 向所述第二基站发送 X个第一 PUCCH码道 资源的标识和 X个第一数据块包括: 将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资 源的标识和所述 X个第一数据块通过所述第二 RLC层逻辑信道发送 给所述第二基站。
可选的, 所述处理器 084执行所述计算机指令 08 31还用于: 接 收所述网关发送的业务; 确定第二 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 所述第 二 PUCC H码道资源用于所述 UE向所述基站发送针对第二数据块的反 馈; 通过所述第一 RLC层逻辑信道向所述 UE发送所述第二 PUCCH码 道资源的标识和所述第二数据块, 所述第二数据块为所述业务中业 务类型为时延敏感的业务对应的数据块。
可选的, 所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK , 在所述基站将所述反馈 发送给所述第二基站之后, 所述处理器 G 84 执行所述计算机指令 08 31还用于: 接收所述第二基站发送的指示重传失败的信息以及与 重传数据对应的序列号, 所述指示重传失败的信息是所述第二基站 在所述反馈包括 NACK , 且所述第二基站将所述重传数据重传给所述 UE失败之后发送给所述基站的; 重传所述重传数据给所述 UE , 所述 重传数据包括所述 X个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块。
可选的, 所述反馈包括 NACK , 在所述基站 08 将所述反馈发送 给所述第二基站之后, 所述处理器 084执行所述计算机指令 G 8 31还 用于: 接收所述第二基站发送的第二信息, 所述第二信息包括第三 PUCCH码道资源的个数 m、 所述第二基站向所述 UE发送的重传数据 的数据块的个数 m和第二信道码字中的一种, 其中, 所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源用于所述 UE向所述基站发送针对重传数据的反馈, 所述第 二信道码字为所述重传数据的数据块对应的信道码字, 所述重传数 据包括所述 X个第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 向所述第 二基站发送 m个所述第三 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 以便于所述第二 基站向所述 UE发送所述 m个第三 PUCC H码道资源的标识; 通过所述 第三 PUCCH码道资源从所述 UE接收针对所述重传数据的反馈; 将所 述针对重传数据的反馈发送给所述第二基站。
可选的, 所述反馈包括 NACK , 所述处理器 084执行所述计算机 指令 08 31具体用于: 向所述第二基站发送所述反馈和第三 PUCCH码 道资源的标识, 以便于所述第二基站向所述 UE发送所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源的标识, 所述第三 PUCCH码道资源用于所述 UE向所述基站 发送针对重传数据的反馈, 所述重传数据包括所述 X 个第一数据块 中与所述 NACK 对应的数据块, 且由所述第二基站发送给 UE ; 相应 的, 所述处理器执行所述计算机指令还用于: 通过所述第三 PUCCH 码道资源从所述 UE接收针对所述重传数据的反馈; 将针对所述重传 数据的反馈发送给所述第二基站。
这样一来, 由于处理器确定 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识, 处理器将所述 X个第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和 X个第一数据块发 送给 UE , 则处理器接收到所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识和第一数 据块时, 处理器已经获取了针对所述第一数据块的反馈的解调依据, 使得处理器能够进行反馈的及时解调和转发, 从而提高了数据传输 效率。
实施例十八
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输系统, 包括实施例十四中任意 所述的基站, 和实施例十五中任意所述的基站。
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输系统, 包括实施例十六中任意 所述的基站, 和实施例十七中任意所述的基站。
实施例十九
本发明实施例还提供另一种基站 09 , 如图 37所示, 包括: 确定单元 09 1 , 用于确定第一混合自动重传请求 HARQ緩冲器中 的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态;
发送单元 092 , 用于釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE ;
其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述基站中 设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器。
可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号与所述 第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应。
可选的,所述发送单元 092还用于在所述基站 09确定第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态之前,釆用第一 HARQ 緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第一数据块给 UE ; 且如图 38 所示, 所述基站 09 还包括: 接收单元 09 3 , 用于在釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之前, 接 收所述 UE针对所述第一数据块的反馈; 其中, 若所述反馈包括否定 应答 NACK , 所述第二数据块为所述第一数据块中与所述 NACK 对应 的数据块; 或者, 若所述反馈包括肯定应答 ACK , 所述第二数据块 为与所述第一数据块不同的数据块。
可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK , 且所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中进 程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态为空闲状态, 所述发送单元 092具体用 于: 釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第二数据 块给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE 发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调度 授权消息携带 ND I值, 所述 ND I值与所述基站上一次发送给所述 UE 的 ND I值相同。
可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK , 如图 39所示, 所述基站 09还 包括:判断单元 094 ,用于在釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之后, 确定釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中 空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块失败; 和, 指示单元 09 5 , 用 于向所述第一基站发送指示所述失败的信息以及与所述第二数据块 对应的序列号, 所述指示所述失败的信息用于触发所述第一基站重 传所述第二数据块给所述 UE; 其中, 所述基站 09服务于所述 UE的 辅载波, 所述第一基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的, 所述接收单元 093具体用于: 从第一基站接收所述反 馈, 所述反馈是所述 UE通过第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH码道 资源发送给所述第一基站的; 其中, 所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标 识是由所述基站确定并发送给所述第一基站和所述 UE的, 或者, 所 述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识是所述基站向所述第一基站请求分配 PUCCH码道资源之后从所述第一基站接收到的。
这样一来, 通过在第二基站设置第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ 緩冲器,增加 HARQ緩冲器的个数,在第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ 进程的状态均为占用状态时, 发送单元釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲 状态的 HARQ进程进行第二数据块的发送, 减少了数据传输过程中的 停等现象, 从而停等产生的时延, 因此提高了数据传输效率。
实施例二十
本发明实施例还提供一种基站 10a, 如图 40所示, 包括: 总线 101a, 以及连接在所述总线 101a上的存储器 103a和处理器 104a。 可选的, 所述基站 10a 还包括连接在所述总线 101a 上的通信接口 102a, 用于与其他网元通信, 例如, 所述处理器 104a通过该通信接 口 102a执行包括发送和接收等动作。
本实施例中, 所述存储器 103a用于存储计算机指令 1031a; 所 述处理器 104a执行所述计算机指令 1031a用于:
确定第一混合自动重传请求 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的 状态均为占用状态;
釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块 给用户设备 UE;
其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述基站中 设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器。 可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和所述第 二 HARQ緩冲器为所述存储器的一部份。
可选的, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号与所述 第二 HARQ緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号——对应。
可选的, 所述处理器 104a执行所述计算机指令 1031a还用于: 确定第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态之前, 釆用第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第一数据块给 UE; 釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块 给所述 UE之前, 接收所述 UE针对所述第一数据块的反馈; 其中, 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK, 所述第二数据块为所述第一数据块 中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 或者, 若所述反馈包括肯定应答 ACK, 所述第二数据块为与所述第一数据块不同的数据块。
可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK, 且所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中进 程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态为空闲状态, 所述处理器 104a执行所 述计算机指令 1031a具体用于: 釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y 的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE, 并向所述 UE发送下行调度 授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI 值, 所述 NDI值与所述 基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。
可选的, 若所述反馈包括 NACK, 所述基站 10a 釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之后, 所 述处理器 104a 执行所述计算机指令 1031a 还用于: 确定釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块失败; 向所述 第一基站发送指示所述失败的信息以及与所述第二数据块对应的序 列号, 所述指示所述失败的信息用于触发所述第一基站重传所述第 二数据块给所述 UE; 其中, 所述基站 10a服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服务于所述 UE的主载波。
可选的,所述处理器 104a执行所述计算机指令 1031a具体用于: 从第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈是所述 UE通过第一物理上行链 路控制信道 PUCCH码道资源发送给所述第一基站的;所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识是由所述基站确定并发送给所述第一基站和所述 UE 的, 或者, 所述第一 PUCCH 码道资源的标识是所述基站向所述第一 基站请求分配 PUCCH码道资源之后从所述第一基站接收到的。
这样一来, 通过在第二基站设置第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ 緩冲器,增加 HARQ緩冲器的个数,在第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ 进程的状态均为占用状态时, 处理器釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状 态的 HARQ进程进行第二数据块的发送, 减少了数据传输过程中的停 等现象, 从而停等产生的时延, 因此提高了数据传输效率。
实施例二十一
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输系统, 包括实施例二十中任意 所述的基站。
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输系统, 包括实施例二十一中任 意所述的基站。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁, 上述描述的系统, 装置和单元的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法 实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统, 装置和方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置 实施例仅仅是示意性的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑 功能划分, 实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组 件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或 不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通 信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 又如, 在本发明实施例的一些附 图中, 例如图 1 2 - 22、 25 - 3 3和 37 - 39 中, 某些单元之间用实线或虚 线连接, 可以理解为实线表示单元之间可能为直接连接, 虚线表示 建议单元之间可能为间接连接, 这里的直接连接指不通过本发明实 施例提供的其他单元进行转发即可实现信息的发送和接收, 间接连 接指通过本发明实施例提供的其他单元进行转发或触发可实现信息 的发送和接收或其他处理动作。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分 开的, 作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可 以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。 可以根据实 际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的 目 的。
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处 理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理包括, 也可以两个或两个以 上单元集成在一个单元中。 上述集成的单元既可以釆用硬件的形式 实现, 也可以釆用硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。
可以理解的, 本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出 贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体 现出来, 该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中, 包括若干指令 用以使得一台计算机设备 (可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络 设备等) 执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前 述的存储介质包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器 ( ROM, Read-Only Memory ), 随机存取存储器 ( RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或 者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围 并不局限于此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技 术范围内, 可轻易想到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围 之内。 因此, 本发明的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims

权 利 要 求 书
1、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括:
第二基站确定第一混合自动重传请求 HARQ 緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态;
所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程 发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE;
其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述第二 基站中设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器。
2、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的 HARQ 进程的进程号与所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号 对应。
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于,
所述第二基站确定第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状 态均为 占用状态之前, 所述方法还包括: 所述第二基站釆用第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第一数据块给 UE ; 所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程 发送第二数据块给所述 UE之前, 所述方法还包括: 所述第二基站接 收所述 UE针对所述第一数据块的反馈;
若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK,所述第二数据块为所述第一数 据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 或者, 若所述反馈包括肯定应答 ACK, 所述第二数据块为与所述第一数据块不同的数据块。
4、 根据权利要求 3 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述反馈包括 NACK,且所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为空闲状态, 所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE包括:
所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进 程发送第二数据块给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调度授权消息携带 NDI值, 所述 NDI值与所述第二基站上 一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。
5、 根据权利要求 3或 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述反馈 包括 NACK , 所述第二基站釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之后, 所述方法还包括:
所述第二基站确定釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块失败;
所述第二基站向所述第一基站发送指示所述失败的信息以及与 所述第二数据块对应的序列号, 所述指示所述失败的信息用于触发所 述第一基站重传所述第二数据块给所述 UE;
其中, 所述第二基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服 务于所述 UE的主载波。
6、 根据权利要求 3至 5任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 第二基站接收所述 UE针对所述第一数据块的反馈包括:
所述第二基站从第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈是所述 UE通 过第一物理上行链路控制信道 PUCCH码道资源发送给所述第一基站 的;
其中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识是由所述第二基站确定 并发送给所述第一基站和所述 UE的, 或者, 所述第一 PUCCH码道 资源的标识是所述第二基站向所述第一基站请求分配 PUCCH码道资 源之后从所述第一基站接收到的。
7、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站中设置两个不同的混合自 动重传请求 HARQ緩冲器:第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器, 所述基站还包括:
确定单元, 用于确定所述第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进 程的状态均为占用状态;
发送单元,用于釆用所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE。
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的 HARQ 进程的进程号与所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号 对应。
9、 根据权利要求 7或 8所述的基站, 其特征在于,
所述发送单元还用于在所述基站确定第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的所 有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状态之前, 釆用第一 HARQ緩冲器中 进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第一数据块给 UE;
所述基站还包括:
接收单元, 用于在釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之前, 接收所述 UE针对所述第一数 据块的反馈;
其中, 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK, 所述第二数据块为所述 第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 或者, 若所述反馈包括肯 定应答 ACK, 所述第二数据块为与所述第一数据块不同的数据块。
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的基站, 其特征在于, 若所述反馈包括 NACK,且所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的状态 为空闲状态, 所述发送单元具体用于:
釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第二数 据块给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调 度授权消息携带 NDI值, 所述 NDI值与所述基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。
11、 根据权利要求 9或 10所述的基站, 其特征在于, 若所述反 馈包括 NACK, 所述基站还包括:
判断单元, 用于在釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之后, 确定釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中 空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块失败;
指示单元,用于向所述第一基站发送指示所述失败的信息以及与 所述第二数据块对应的序列号, 所述指示所述失败的信息用于触发所 述第一基站重传所述第二数据块给所述 UE;
其中, 所述基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服务于 所述 UE的主载波。
12、 根据权利要求 9至 1 1任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所 述接收单元具体用于:
从第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈是所述 UE通过第一物理上 行链路控制信道 P U C C H码道资源发送给所述第一基站的;
其中, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识是由所述基站确定并发 送给所述第一基站和所述 UE的, 或者, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源 的标识是所述基站向所述第一基站请求分配 PUCCH码道资源之后从 所述第一基站接收到的。
13、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 包括: 总线, 以及连接在所述总线 上的存储器和处理器; 其中, 所述存储器用于存储计算机指令; 所述 处理器执行所述计算机指令用于:
确定第一混合自动重传请求 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程 的状态均为占用状态; 且, 釆用第二 HARQ 緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据块给用户设备 UE;
其中, 所述第一 HARQ緩冲器和第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述基站 中设置的不同 HARQ緩冲器。
14、根据权利要求 13所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一 HARQ 緩冲器中的 HARQ 进程的进程号与所述第二 HARQ 緩冲器中的 HARQ进程的进程号 对应。
15、 根据权利要求 13或 14所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述处理 器执行所述计算机指令还用于:
确定第一 HARQ緩冲器中的所有 HARQ进程的状态均为占用状 态之前, 釆用第一 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第 一数据块给 UE;
釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二数据 块给所述 UE之前, 接收所述 UE针对所述第一数据块的反馈;
其中, 若所述反馈包括否定应答 NACK, 所述第二数据块为所述 第一数据块中与所述 NACK对应的数据块; 或者, 若所述反馈包括肯 定应答 ACK, 所述第二数据块为与所述第一数据块不同的数据块。
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的基站, 其特征在于, 若所述反馈包 括 NACK, 且所述第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程的 状态为空闲状态, 所述处理器执行所述计算机指令具体用于:
釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中进程号为 y的 HARQ进程发送第二数 据块给所述 UE , 并向所述 UE发送下行调度授权消息, 所述下行调 度授权消息携带 NDI值, 所述 NDI值与所述基站上一次发送给所述 UE的 NDI值相同。
17、 根据权利要求 15或 16所述的基站, 其特征在于, 若所述反 馈包括 NACK,所述基站釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ 进程发送第二数据块给所述 UE之后, 所述处理器执行所述计算机指 令还用于:
确定釆用第二 HARQ緩冲器中空闲状态的 HARQ进程发送第二 数据块失败;
向所述第一基站发送指示所述失败的信息以及与所述第二数据 块对应的序列号, 所述指示所述失败的信息用于触发所述第一基站重 传所述第二数据块给所述 UE;
其中, 所述基站服务于所述 UE的辅载波, 所述第一基站服务于 所述 UE的主载波。
18、 根据权利要求 15至 16任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所 述处理器执行所述计算机指令具体用于:
从第一基站接收所述反馈, 所述反馈是所述 UE通过第一物理上 行链路控制信道 P U C C H码道资源发送给所述第一基站的;
所述第一 P U C C H码道资源的标识是由所述基站确定并发送给所 述第一基站和所述 UE的, 或者, 所述第一 PUCCH码道资源的标识 是所述基站向所述第一基站请求分配 PUCCH码道资源之后从所述第 一基站接收到的。
19、 根据权利要求 13至 18任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所 述第一 HARQ緩冲器和所述第二 HARQ緩冲器为所述存储器的一部 份。
20、 一种数据传输系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 权利要求 7至权利要求 12任意一项权利要求所述的基站。
21、 一种数据传输系统, 其特征在于, 包括:
权利要求 13至权利要求 19任意一项权利要求所述的基站。
PCT/CN2014/071817 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 一种数据传输方法、设备和系统 WO2015113287A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP14881261.3A EP3094130A4 (en) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 Data transmission method, device, and system
CN201480000556.9A CN104170306B (zh) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 一种数据传输方法、设备和系统
PCT/CN2014/071817 WO2015113287A1 (zh) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 一种数据传输方法、设备和系统
US15/221,983 US10075264B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2016-07-28 Data transmission method, device, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/071817 WO2015113287A1 (zh) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 一种数据传输方法、设备和系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/221,983 Continuation US10075264B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2016-07-28 Data transmission method, device, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015113287A1 true WO2015113287A1 (zh) 2015-08-06

Family

ID=51912361

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/071817 WO2015113287A1 (zh) 2014-01-29 2014-01-29 一种数据传输方法、设备和系统

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US10075264B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3094130A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN104170306B (zh)
WO (1) WO2015113287A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3358772A4 (en) * 2015-10-26 2018-10-17 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data processing method, base station, and user equipment

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9729283B2 (en) * 2014-05-08 2017-08-08 Intel IP Corporation Systems, methods and devices for flexible retransmissions
WO2016109978A1 (en) * 2015-01-09 2016-07-14 Nec Corporation Method and apparatus for performing data transmission
WO2016206083A1 (zh) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 华为技术有限公司 上行数据传输的方法和装置
WO2017000240A1 (zh) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-05 华为技术有限公司 一种数据传输方法及设备
JP7466662B2 (ja) * 2020-02-14 2024-04-12 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 ハイブリッド自動再送要求応答コードブックの決定方法、装置及びそのデバイス
CN115694743A (zh) * 2022-11-07 2023-02-03 南京大鱼半导体有限公司 一种数据传输方法

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101197644A (zh) * 2006-12-07 2008-06-11 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 多进程数据重传方法和系统
CN101588652A (zh) * 2008-05-23 2009-11-25 上海贝尔阿尔卡特股份有限公司 用于网络或协作mimo系统中的基站及其harq方法
CN101815355A (zh) * 2009-02-25 2010-08-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 下行调度方法及装置
CN102273255A (zh) * 2009-01-08 2011-12-07 株式会社Ntt都科摩 通信装置以及通信方法

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009115904A2 (en) * 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Nokia Corporation New data indicator for persistently allocated packets in a communication system
US8386875B2 (en) * 2009-08-07 2013-02-26 Research In Motion Limited Method and system for handling HARQ operations during transmission mode changes
CN102271033B (zh) * 2010-06-04 2015-05-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 实现混合自动重传请求内存动态调度的方法及装置
BR112013007460A2 (pt) * 2010-09-20 2016-07-19 Fujitsu Ltd método para transmissão de sinais de resposta de uplink, estação base, estação móvel e sistema de comunicação
JP5009410B2 (ja) 2010-10-29 2012-08-22 シャープ株式会社 移動局装置、無線通信方法および集積回路
CN102469022B (zh) * 2010-11-19 2014-12-17 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 缓存空间的分配方法和设备
US9674845B2 (en) * 2013-11-04 2017-06-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Soft buffer management

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101197644A (zh) * 2006-12-07 2008-06-11 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 多进程数据重传方法和系统
CN101588652A (zh) * 2008-05-23 2009-11-25 上海贝尔阿尔卡特股份有限公司 用于网络或协作mimo系统中的基站及其harq方法
CN102273255A (zh) * 2009-01-08 2011-12-07 株式会社Ntt都科摩 通信装置以及通信方法
CN101815355A (zh) * 2009-02-25 2010-08-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 下行调度方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3094130A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3358772A4 (en) * 2015-10-26 2018-10-17 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data processing method, base station, and user equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3094130A1 (en) 2016-11-16
US20160337092A1 (en) 2016-11-17
CN104170306A (zh) 2014-11-26
CN104170306B (zh) 2017-06-20
EP3094130A4 (en) 2017-01-25
US10075264B2 (en) 2018-09-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10178676B2 (en) Data transmission method, device, and system
US10314032B2 (en) Method and base station identifying PUCCH for processing feedback of user equipment
WO2021063133A1 (zh) Harq进程管理方法、装置、终端及存储介质
US10075264B2 (en) Data transmission method, device, and system
KR100966566B1 (ko) 효율적인 공용 e-dch 관리를 위한 신호 전송 기법
JP6257759B2 (ja) マルチキャリア環境内における無線リンク性能を向上させるためのシステム及び方法
US20160164641A1 (en) Method and device for frame acknowledgment
TWI495291B (zh) 在無線通信系統中用以維護連接之服務品質之技術
US9319320B2 (en) Traffic flow establishment method and device and traffic flow modification method and device
US10440611B2 (en) RLC data packet offloading method and base station
JPWO2015141478A1 (ja) ユーザ装置及びアップリンクデータ送信方法
WO2020143731A1 (zh) 用于传输数据的方法、通信设备和网络设备
WO2009089743A1 (fr) Procédé de libération de ressources, équipement de communication et système de réseau
WO2012155436A1 (zh) 上行sps激活的确定方法、设备及系统
WO2012136101A1 (zh) 一种混合自动重传的处理方法、系统及装置
WO2012113306A1 (zh) 一种优先级调整方法以及相关设备
WO2015018009A1 (zh) 用于自动重传的方法、用户设备和基站
WO2012159413A1 (zh) 一种mac层上行动态调度的方法和装置
WO2021087883A1 (en) Resource allocation in wireless network
JP2020065289A (ja) 短レイテンシ高速再送信トリガ
US20240121658A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14881261

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014881261

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014881261

Country of ref document: EP